May 19

INTERMEDIATE COURSE
(UNDER REVISED SCHEME OF

EDUCATION AND TRAINING)
GROUP – I
REVISION TEST PAPERS

MAY, 2019
BOARD OF STUDIES
THE INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS OF INDIA
(Set up by an Act of Parliament)
New Delhi
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

THE INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS OF INDIA
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording, or otherwise, without prior permission, in writing, from the publisher.
Edition : February, 2019
Website : www.icai.org
E-mail : bosnoida@icai.in
Department/Committee : Board of Studies
Price :
ISBN No. :
Published by : The Publication Department on behalf of The Institute of Chartered

Accountants of India, ICAI Bhawan, Post Box No. 7100,
Indraprastha Marg, New Delhi- 110 002, India.
Typeset and designed at Board of Studies.
Printed by :

Contents
Page Nos.
Objective & Approach ....................................................................................... i – viii
Objective of RTP ......................................................................................................... i
Planning & Preparing for Examination ........................................................................ ii
Subject-wise Guidance – An Overview ...................................................................... iii
Paper-wise RTPs
Paper 1: Accounting ....................................................................................... 1 – 43
Part – I : Announcements Stating Applicability & Non-Applicability ...... 1 – 6
Part – II : Questions and Answers..................................................... 6 – 43
Paper 2: Corporate and Other Laws ...........................................................44 – 120
Part – I : Announcements Stating Applicability ...............................44 – 110
Part – II : Questions and Answers................................................ 111 – 120
Paper 3: Cost and Management Accounting .............................................. 121 – 146
Paper 4 : Taxation ...................................................................................... 147 – 186
Section A: Income-tax Law............................................................ 147 – 176
Part – I : Statutory Update ........................................................... 147 – 149
Part – II : Questions and Answers................................................ 149 – 176
Section B: Indirect taxes ............................................................... 177 – 186
Applicability of Standards/Guidance Notes/Legislative Amendments etc.
for May, 2019 – Intermediate (New) Examination ....................................... 187 – 205

REVISION TEST PAPER, MAY 2019 – OBJECTIVE & APPROACH
(Students are advised to go through the following paragraphs carefully to derive
maximum benefit out of this RTP)
I Objective of Revision Test Paper
Revision Test Papers are one among the many educational inputs provided by the Board
of Studies (BOS) to its students. Popularly referred to as RTP by the students, it is one of
the very old publications of the BOS whose significance and relevance from th e
examination perspective has stood the test of time.
RTPs provide glimpses of not only the desirable ways in which examination questions are
to be answered but also of the professional quality and standard of the answers expected
of students in the examination. Further, aspirants can assess their level of preparation for
the examination by answering various questions given in the RTP and can also update
themselves with the latest developments in the various subjects relevant from the
examination point of view.
The primary objectives of the RTP are:
• To help students get an insight of their preparedness for the forthcoming examination;
• To provide an opportunity for a student to find all the latest developments relevant for
the forthcoming examination at one place;
• To supplement earlier studies;
• To enhance the confidence level of the students adequately; and
• To leverage the preparation of the students by giving guidance on how to approach
the examinations.
RTPs contain the following:
(i) Planning and preparing for examination
(ii) Subject-wise guidance – An overview
(iii) Updates applicable for a particular exam in the relevant subjects
(iv) Topic-wise questions and detailed answers thereof in respect of each paper
(v) Relevant announcement applicable for the particular examination
Students must bear in mind that the RTP contains a variety of questions based on different
sections of the syllabi and thus a comprehensive study of the entire syllabus is a pre -
requisite before answering the questions of the RTP. In other words, in order to derive
maximum benefit out of the RTPs, it is advised that before proceeding to solve the
questions given in the RTP, students ought to have thoroughly read the Study Materials.

REVISION TEST PAPER ii
The topics on which the questions are set herein have been carefully selected and
meticulous attention has been paid in framing different types of questions. Detailed
answers are provided to enable the students to do a self-assessment and have a focused
approach for effective preparation.
Students are welcome to send their suggestions for fine tuning the RTP to the Director,
Board of Studies, The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, A-29, Sector-62, Noida
201 309 (Uttar Pradesh). RTP is also available on the Institute’s website www.icai.org
under the BOS knowledge portal in students section for downloading.
II. Planning and preparing for examination
Ideally, when the RTP reaches your hand, you must have finished reading the relevant
Study Materials of all the subjects. Make sure that you have read the Study Materials
thoroughly as they cover the syllabus comprehensively. Get a good grasp of the concepts/
provisions discussed therein. Solve each and every question/illustration given therein to
understand the application of the concepts and provisions.
After reading the Study Materials thoroughly, you should go through the Updates provided
in the RTP and then proceed to solve the questions given in the RTP on your own. RTP
is in an effective tool to revise and refresh the conc epts and provisions discussed in the
Study Material. RTPs are provided to you to help you assess your level of preparation.
Hence you must solve the questions given therein on your own and thereafter compare
your answers with the answers given therein.
Examination tips
How well a student fares in the examination depends upon the level and depth of his
preparation. However, there are certain important points which can help a student better
his performance in the examination. These useful tips are given below:
 Reach the examination hall well in time.
 As soon as you get the question paper, read it carefully and thoroughly. You are
given separate 15 minutes for reading the question paper.
 Plan your time so that appropriate time is awarded for each question. Keep sometime
for checking the answers as well.
 First impression is the last impression. The question which you can answer in the
best manner should be attempted first.
 Always attempt to do all questions. Therefore, it is important that you must finish
each question within allocated time.
 Read the question carefully more than once before starting the answer to understand
very clearly as to what is required.

iii INTERMEDIATE (NEW) EXAMINATION: MAY, 2019
 Answer all parts of a question one after the other; do not answer different parts of the
same question at different places.
 Write in a neat and legible hand-writing.
 Always be concise and write to the point and do not try to fill pages unnecessarily.
 There must be logical expression of the answer.
 In case a question is not clear, you may state your assumptions and then answer the
question.
 Check your answers carefully and underline important points before leaving the
examination hall.
III. Subject-wise Guidance – An Overview
PAPER – 1 : ACCOUNTING
The Revisionary Test Paper (RTP) of Accounting is divided into two parts viz
Part I - Relevant announcement stating Applicability and Non-Applicability for May, 2019
examination and Part II –Questions and Answers.
It may be noted that the July, 2017 edition of the Study Material is relevant for May, 2019
Examination.
Part I of the Revisionary Test consists of the relevant Notifications and information
applicable and not applicable for May, 2019 examination. The purpose of this information
in the RTP is to apprise the students with the latest developments applicable for May, 2019
examination. The brief summary of the same has been given as under:
A. Applicable for May, 2019 examination:
I. Amendments in Schedule III (Division I) to the Companies Act, 2013
II. Amendments in Schedule V to the Companies Act, 2013
III Notification dated 13th June, 2017 to exempt start-up private companies
from preparation of Cash Flow Statement
IV. Amendments made by MCA in the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules,
2006
B. Not applicable for May, 2019 examination:
Ind ASs issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs.
Part II of the Revisionary Test Paper consists of twenty questions together with their
answers. First fifteen questions are based on different topics discussed in the study
material. Last five questions of this RTP are based on Accounting Standards. For easy

REVISION TEST PAPER iv
reference the topic / accounting standard name and number on which the question is based
has been quoted at the top of each question. The details of topics, on which questions in
the RTP are based, are as under:
Question No. Topic
1 and 2 Financial Statements of Companies
3 Profit or Loss prior to Incorporation
4 Accounting for Bonus Issue
5 Right Issue
6 Redemption of Preference Shares
7 Redemption of Debentures
8 Investment Accounts
9 Insurance Claim for Loss of Stock
10 Hire purchase Transactions
11 Departmental Accounts
12 Branch Accounting
13 Accounts from Incomplete Records
14 Partnership accounts: Dissolution of Partnership
15 Framework for Preparation and Presentation of Financial statements
16-20 Accounting Standards
Answers to the questions have been given in detail along with the working notes for easy
understanding and comprehending the steps in solving the problems. The answers to the
questions have been presented in the manner which is expected from the students in the
examination. The students are expected to solve the questions under examination
conditions and then compare their solutions with the solutions given in the Revisionary
Test Paper and further strategize their preparation for scoring more marks in the
examination.
PAPER – 2: CORPORATE AND OTHER LAWS
In the paper of Corporate and Other Laws, for the ‘Company Law’ portion the objective is
‘To develop an understanding of the provisions of company law and acquire the ability to
address application-oriented issues’ and for ‘Other Laws’ the objective is ‘To develop an
understanding of the provisions of select legislations and acquire the ability to address
application-oriented issues, and to develop an understanding of the rules for interpretation
of statutes’. The students need to prepare on basis of the objective entrusted in the
syllabus for the subject. Students should also give importance to the terms/definitions for
proper conceptualization of the answers. Students have to focus their study based on the

v INTERMEDIATE (NEW) EXAMINATION: MAY, 2019
major legal provisions, case laws, if any, and understand their practical implications. Also,
Language is an important point of concern. This problem among many of the candidates
can be overcome by way of practice writing and also undertaking self-examination by going
through Revisionary Test Papers (RTP).
RTP gives an idea to the student attempting law paper to give the answer of any practical
oriented questions by pinpointing the legal points or issues involved in any statement,
problem or situation given in the question, explaining the relevant legal provisions clearly,
co-relating the legal provisions to the given statement or problem or situation and cite the
relevant case law in support of their reasoning for reflecting on the quality of the answer.
For the theoretical question, the answer should be laid down by highlighting the main points
with brief description and explain the same with the help of an example.
Generally, the RTP is divided into two parts -
Part I: Containing the relevant legislative amendments which are applicable for May,
2019 examinations.
It consists of the relevant Notifications and information applicable for May, 2019
examination. The purpose of this information in the RTP is to apprise the students with the
latest developments applicable for May, 2019 examinations.
Part II: Topic wise questions with detailed answers
It constitutes of 18 Questions broadly categorised into two divisions – Division A (Multiple
Choice Questions) and Division B (Detailed Questions) with their answers. The questions
here are arranged in the same sequence as prescribed in the Study Module to smoothen
the progress of easy revision. In Division B in sequence of questions is as follows:
QUESTION NO. ABOUT THE QUESTION
1 -8 Based on the Companies Act, 2013
9 Deals with the Indian Contract Act, 1872.
10 Deals with the Negotiable Instruments Act,1881
4 Based on the General Clauses Act, 1897
12 Interpretation of Statutes, Deeds and Documents
Guidance on the citation of the Case Laws and Section
Students may kindly note that in view of various Acts covered under the subject, you may
find it difficult to remember various sections of the law and related case laws on the matter.
Case laws and citing of the Sections reflects on the quality of your preparation for the
examination and making yourself set to become a perfect professional. The answers that
are reflected here have reference to sections and case laws wherever applicable. It may
kindly be noted that these are given for knowledge and to mainly inculcate such a habit.
However, at this level it may not affect on the scoring of the marks.

REVISION TEST PAPER vi
PAPER – 3: COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
The Revision Test Paper (RTP) of Cost and Management Accounting comprises of fifteen
questions for full coverage of the syllabus. Theoretical questions alongwith computational
problems have also been incorporated so that you are able to give emphasis to the theoretical
portion of the syllabus as well. Since this paper’s inclination is more towards numerical-oriented
questions which involve mathematical calculations, therefore, it is very important that you have
thoroughly studied the theoretical aspects of the subject and are also clear about the concepts
and logic behind the mathematical workings and formulae.
A summary of the questions both theoretical and computational has been given for your
reference:
Qs No. Topic About the Problem
1. Material Calculation of Economic Order Quantity (EOQ).
2. Employee Cost Calculation of hourly wage rate.
3. Overheads Estimation of the comprehensive machine hour
rate.
4. Activity Based Costing Calculation the operating income and operating
income as a % of revenues for product line
through Activity Based Costing.
5. Cost Sheet Calculation of Cost of production
6. Cost Accounting Preparation of statement to calculate profit as per
System financial records and cost accounting records.
Reconciliation of profit calculated under both the
system.
7. Contract Costing Preparation of contract Account.
8. Job Costing Determination of quote for the job.
9. Process Costing Preparation of Process Account.
10. Joint Products & By Preparation of statement of profitability
Products
11. Service Costing Calculation of cost
12. Standard Costing Computation of variances.
13. Marginal Costing Calculation of BEP
14. Budget and Budgetary Preparation of production budget
Control
15.(a) Essential features of a good cost accounting
system

vii INTERMEDIATE (NEW) EXAMINATION: MAY, 2019
15.(b) Difference between Cost Control and Control

Reduction
15.(c) Miscellaneous theory Definition of Controllable Cost and
Uncontrollable Cost.
15(d) Distinguish between job and batch costing.
PAPER – 4: TAXATION
Section A: Income-tax Law (60 Marks)

The Income-tax law, as amended by the Finance Act, 2018, and significant notifications,
circulars and other legislative amendments upto 31.10.2018 are relevant for May, 2019
Examination. The relevant assessment year for May, 2019 examination is A.Y. 2019-20.
The July 2018 edition of the Study Material, comprising of three modules (Modules 1-3), is
applicable for May, 2019 Examination.
Further, a list of topic-wise exclusions from the syllabus has been specified by way of
“Study Guidelines” in the above Study Material. The same is also given as part of
“Applicability of Standards/Guidance Notes/Legislative Amendments etc. for May, 2019 –
Intermediate (New) Examination” appended at the end of this Revision Test Paper.
You have to read the Study Material thoroughly to attain conceptual clarity. Tables,
diagrams and flow charts have been extensively used to facilitate easy understanding of
concepts. The amendments made by the Finance Act, 2018 and latest notifications and
circulars have been given in italics/bold italics. Examples and Illustrations given in the
Study Material would help you understand the application of concepts. Thereafter, work
out the exercise questions at the end of each chapter to hone your problem solving skills.
Compare your answers with the answers given to test your level of understanding.
Thereafter, solve the questions given in this RTP independently and compare the same
with the answers given to assess your level of preparedness for the examination.
Before you work out the questions in Part II of the RTP, do read the Statutory Update given
in Part I.
Section B: Indirect Taxes (40 Marks)
For Section B: Indirect Taxes of Paper 4: Taxation, provisions of CGST Act, 2017 and IGST
Act, 2017, including significant circulars and notifications issued and other legislative
amendments made upto 31st October, 2018 are applicable for May, 2019 examination.
Further, a list of topic-wise exclusions from the syllabus has been specified by way of
“Study Guidelines for May, 2019 Examination”. The same is given as part of
“Applicability of Standards/Guidance Notes/Legislative Amendments etc. for May, 2019
Examination” appended at the end of this Revision Test Paper.

REVISION TEST PAPER viii
The September, 2018 edition of the Study Material is applicable for New Intermediate
Course Paper 4: Taxation, Section B: Indirect Taxes. The Study Material has been divided
into two modules for ease of handling by students.
Study Material is based on the provisions of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017
and Integrated Goods and Services Act, 2017 as amended upto 25.09.2018.
You have to read the Study Material thoroughly to attain conceptual clarity. Tables,
diagrams and flow charts have been extensively used to facilitate easy understanding of
concepts. Examples and Illustrations given in the Study Material would help you
understand the application of concepts. Thereafter, work out the questions at the end of
each chapter to hone your problem-solving skills. Compare your answers with the answers
given to test your knowledge.
Thereafter, solve the questions given in this RTP independently and compare the same
with the answers given to assess your level of preparedness for the examination.
It may be noted that the Statutory Update comprising of the significant legislati ve
developments by way of notifications/circulars issued from 26.09.2018 to 31.10.2018 has
been web-hosted at the BoS Knowledge Portal on the ICAI’s website www.icai.org.

PAPER – 1: ACCOUNTING
PART – I: ANNOUNCEMENTS STATING APPLICABILITY & NON-APPLICABILITY
FOR MAY 2019 EXAMINATION
A. Applicable for May, 2019 examination

I. Amendments in Schedule III (Division I) to the Companies Act, 2013
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of section 467 of the
Companies Act, 2013), the Central Government made the following amendments in
Division I of the Schedule III with effect from the date of publication of this notification
in the Official Gazette:
(A) under the heading “II Assets”, under sub-heading “Non-current assets”, for the
words “Fixed assets”, the words “Property, Plant and Equipment” shall be
substituted;
(B) in the “Notes”, under the heading “General Instructions for preparation of
Balance Sheet”, in paragraph 6,-
(I) under the heading “B. Reserves and Surplus”, in item (i), in sub- item (c),
the word “Reserve” shall be omitted;
(II) in clause W., for the words “fixed assets”, the words “Property, Plant and
Equipment” shall be substituted.
II. Amendments in Schedule V to the Companies Act, 2013
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-sections (1) and (2) of section 467 of the
Companies Act, 2013, the Central Government hereby makes the following
amendments to amend Schedule V.
In PART II, under heading “REMUNERATION”, in Section II - ,
(a) in the heading, the words “without Central Government approval” shall be
omitted;
(b) in the first para, the words “without Central Government approval” shall be
omitted;
(c) in item (A), in the proviso, for the words “Provided that the above limits shall be
doubled” the words “Provided that the remuneration in excess of above limits
may be paid” shall be substituted;
(d) in item (B), for the words “no approval of Central Government is required” the
words “remuneration as per item (A) may be paid” shall be substituted;

2 INTERMEDIATE (NEW) EXAMINATION: MAY, 2019
(e) in Item (B), in second proviso, for clause (ii), the following shall be substituted,
namely:-
“(ii) the company has not committed any default in payment of dues to any bank
or public financial institution or non-convertible debenture holders or any other
secured creditor, and in case of default, the prior approval of the bank or public
financial institution concerned or the non-convertible debenture holders or other
secured creditor, as the case may be, shall be obtained by the company before
obtaining the approval in the general meeting.";
(f) in item (B), in second proviso, in clause (iii), the words “the limits laid down in”
shall be omitted;
In PART II, under the heading “REMUNERATION”, in Section III, –
(a) in the heading, the words “without Central Government approval” shall be
omitted;
(b) in first para, the words “without the Central Government approval” shall be
omitted;
(c) in clause (b), in the long line, for the words “remuneration up to two times the
amount permissible under Section II” the words “any remuneration to its
managerial persons”, shall be substituted;
III. Notification dated 13th June, 2017 to exempt startup private companies from
preparation of Cash Flow Statement as per Section 462 of the Companies Act
2013
As per the Amendment, under Chapter I, clause (40) of section 2, an exemption has
been provided to a startup private company besides one person company, small
company and dormant company. Accordingly, a startup private company is not
required to include the cash flow statement in the financial statements.
Thus the financial statements, with respect to one person company, small company,
dormant company and private company (if such a private company is a start-up), may
not include the cash flow statement.
IV. Amendments made by MCA in the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules,
2006
MCA has issued Companies (Accounting Standards) Amendment Rules, 2016 to
amend Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006 by incorporating the
references of the Companies Act, 2013, wherever applicable. Also, the Accounting
Standard (AS) 2, AS 4, AS 10, AS 13, AS 14, AS 21 and AS 29 as specified in these
Rules will substitute the corresponding Accounting Standards with the same number
as specified in Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.

PAPER – 1 : ACCOUNTING 3
Following table summarises the changes made by the Companies (Accounting

Standards) Amendment Rules, 2016 vis a vis the Companies (Accounting Standards)
Rules, 2006 in the Accounting Standards relevant for Paper 1:
Name of Para As per the As per the Implication
the no. Companies Companies
standard (Accounting (Accounting
Standards) Standards)
Rules, 2006 Amendment
Rules, 2016
AS 2 4 (an Inventories do Inventories do not Now, inventories
extract) not include include spare also do not
machinery parts, servicing include servicing
spares which can equipment and equipment and
be used only in standby equipment standby
connection with which meet the equipment other
an item of fixed definition of than spare parts
asset and whose property, plant and if they meet the
use is expected equipment as per definition of
to be irregular; AS 10, Property, property, plant
such machinery Plant and and equipment
spares are Equipment. Such as per AS 10,
accounted for in items are Property, Plant
accordance with accounted for in and Equipment.
Accounting accordance with
Standard (AS) Accounting
10, Accounting Standard (AS) 10,
for Fixed Assets. Property, Plant
and Equipment.
27 Common Common Para 27 of AS 2
classifications of classifications of requires
inventories are inventories are: disclosure of
raw materials and (a) Raw inventories
components, materials and under different
work in progress, components classifications.
finished goods, (b) Work-in- One residual
stores and progress category has
spares, and been added to
(c) Finished
loose tools. the said
goods
paragraph i.e.
(d) Stock-in- ‘Others’.
trade (in
respect of

goods
acquired for
trading)
(e) Stores and
spares
(f) Loose tools
(g) Others
(specify
nature)”.
AS 10 All Fixed Assets Property, Plant Entire standard
and Equipment has been
revised with the
title AS 10:
‘Property, Plant
and Equipment’
by replacing the
existing AS 6
and AS 10. The
students are
advised to refer
the explanation
of AS 10
Property, Plant
and equipment
(2016) given in
the Annexure.
The Annexure is
given at the end
of Accounting
Part II
Suggested
Answers.
AS 13 20 The cost of any An investment Accounting of
shares in a co- property is investment
operative society accounted for in property was not
or a company, accordance with stated in this
the holding of cost model as para but now
which is directly prescribed in incorporated i.e.
related to the Accounting at cost model.
right to hold the Standard (AS) 10,
investment Property, Plant
property, is and Equipment.

added to the The cost of any

carrying amount shares in a co-
of the investment operative society
property. or a company, the
holding of which is
directly related to
the right to hold the
investment
property, is added
to the carrying
amount of the
investment
property.
30 An enterprise An enterprise Accounting of
holding holding investment investment
investment properties should property shall
properties should account for them in now be in
account for them accordance with accordance with
as long term cost model as AS 10 i.e. at cost
investments. prescribed in AS model
10, Property, Plant
and Equipment.
AS 14 3(a) Amalgamation Amalgamation Definition of
means an means an Amalgamation
amalgamation amalgamation has been made
pursuant to the pursuant to the broader by
provisions of the provisions of the specifically
Companies Act, Companies Act, including
1956 or any other 2013 or any other ‘merger’.
statute which statute which may
may be be applicable to
applicable to companies and
companies. includes ‘merger’.
18 and In such cases the In such cases the Corresponding
39 statutory statutory reserves debit on account
reserves are are recorded in the of statutory
recorded in the financial reserve in case
financial statements of the of amalgamation
statements of the transferee in the nature of
transferee company by a purchase is
company by a corresponding termed as
corresponding debit to a suitable ‘Amalgamation

debit to a suitable account head Adjustment

account head (e.g., Reserve’ and is
(e.g., ‘Amalgamation now to be
‘Amalgamation Adjustment presented as a
Adjustment Reserve’) which is separate line item
Account’) which presented as a since there is not
is disclosed as a separate line item. sub-heading like
part of When the identity ‘Miscellaneous
‘miscellaneous of the statutory expenditure’ in
expenditure’ or reserves is no Schedule III to
other similar longer required to the Companies
category in the be maintained, Act, 2013
balance sheet. both the reserves
When the identity and the aforesaid
of the statutory account are
reserves is no reversed.
longer required to
be maintained,
both the reserves
and the aforesaid
account are
reversed.
B. Not applicable for May, 2019 examination
Non-Applicability of Ind ASs for May, 2019 Examination
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has notified Companies (Indian Accounting Standards)
Rules, 2015 on 16th February, 2015, for compliance by certain class of companies. T hese
Ind AS are not applicable for May, 2019 Examination.
PART – II: QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
QUESTIONS
Financial Statements of Companies

1. (a) Shweta Ltd. has the Authorised Capital of ` 15,00,000 consisting of 6,000 6%
Preference shares of ` 100 each and 90,000 equity Shares of `10 each. The following
was the Trial Balance of the Company as on 31 st March, 2018:
Particulars Dr. Cr.
Investment in Shares at cost 1,50,000
Purchases 14,71,500

Selling Expenses 2,37,300

Inventory as at the beginning of the year 4,35,600
Salaries and Wages 1,56,000
Cash on Hand 36,000
Interim Preference dividend for the half year to 30 th
18,000
September
Bills Receivable 1,24,500
Interest on Bank overdraft 29,400
Interest on Debentures upto 30th Sep (1st half year) 11,250
Debtors 1,50,300
Trade payables 2,63,550
Freehold property at cost 10,50,000
Furniture at cost less depreciation of ` 45,000 1,05,000
6% Preference share capital 6,00,000
Equity share capital fully paid up 6,00,000
5% mortgage debentures secured on Freehold
4,50,000
properties
Income tax paid in advance for the current year 30,000
Dividends 12,750
Profit and Loss A/c (opening balance) 85,500
Sales (Net) 20,11,050
Bank overdraft secured by hypothecation of stocks
4,50,000
and receivables
Technical knowhow fees at cost paid during the year 4,50,000
Audit fees 18,000
Total 44,72,850 44,72,850
You are required to prepare the Profit and Loss Statement for the year ended
31st March, 2018 and the Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2018 as per Schedule III
of the Companies Act, 2013 after taking into account the following –
1. Closing Stock was valued at ` 4,27,500.
2. Purchases include ` 15,000 worth of goods and articles distributed among
valued customers.
3. Salaries and Wages include ` 6,000 being Wages incurred for installation of
Electrical Fittings which were recorded under "Furniture".

4. Bills Receivable include ` 4,500 being dishonoured bills. 50% of which had been
considered irrecoverable.
5. Bills Receivable of ` 6,000 maturing after 31 st March were discounted.
6. Depreciation on Furniture to be charged at 10% on Written Down Value.
7. Investment in shares is to be treated as non-current investments.
8. Interest on Debentures for the half year ending on 31 st March was due on that
date.
9. Provide Provision for taxation `12,000.
10. Technical Knowhow Fees is to be written off over a period of 10 years.
11. Salaries and Wages include ` 30,000 being Director's Remuneration.
12. Trade receivables include ` 18,000 due for more than six months.
Managerial Remuneration – Effective Capital
(b) The following extract of Balance Sheet of Gaurav Ltd. was obtained:
Balance Sheet (Extract) as on 31 st March, 2018
Liabilities Rs.
Authorised capital:
90,000, 14% preference shares of `100 90,00,000
9,00,000 Equity shares of `100 each 9,00,00,000
9,90,00,000
Issued and subscribed capital:
67,500, 14% preference shares of ` 100 each fully paid 67,50,000
5,40,000 Equity shares of ` 100 each, ` 80 paid-up 4,32,00,000
Share suspense account 90,00,000
Reserves and surplus
Capital reserves (` 6,75,000 is revaluation reserve) 8,77,500
Securities premium 2,25,000
Secured loans:
15% Debentures 2,92,50,000
Unsecured loans:
Public deposits 16,65,000
Cash credit loan from SBI (short term) 5,92,500
Current Liabilities:

Trade Payables 15,52,500

Assets:
Investment in shares, debentures, etc. 3,37,50,000
Profit and Loss account (Dr. balance) 68,62,500
Share suspense account represents application money received on shares, the
allotment of which is not yet made. You are required to compute effective capital as
per the provisions of Schedule V. Would your answer differ if Gaurav Ltd.is an
investment company?
(c) State under which head these accounts should be classified in Balance Sheet, as per
Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013:
(i) Share application money received in excess of issued share capital.
(ii) Share option outstanding account.
(iii) Unpaid matured debenture and interest accrued thereon.
(iv) Uncalled liability on shares and other partly paid investments.
(v) Calls unpaid.
Cash flow statement
2. Preet Ltd. presents you the following information for the year ended 31 st March, 2019:
(` in lacs)
(i) Net profit before tax provision 72,000
(ii) Dividend paid 20,404
(iii) Income-tax paid 10,200
(iv) Book value of assets sold 444
Loss on sale of asset 96
(v) Depreciation debited to P & L account 48,000
(vi) Capital grant received - amortized to P & L A/c 20
(vii) Book value of investment sold 66,636
Profit on sale of investment 240
(viii) Interest income from investment credited to P & L A/c 6,000
(ix) Interest expenditure debited to P & L A/c 24,000
(x) Interest actually paid (Financing activity) 26,084
(xi) Increase in working capital 1,34,580
[Excluding cash and bank balance]
(xii) Purchase of fixed assets 44,184
(xiii) Expenditure on construction work 83,376

(xiv) Grant received for capital projects 36

(xv) Long term borrowings from banks 1,11,732
(xvi) Provision for Income-tax debited to P & L A/c 12,000
Cash and bank balance on 1.4.2018 12,000
Cash and bank balance on 31.3.2019 16,000
You are required to prepare a cash flow statement as per AS-3 (Revised).
Profit/Loss prior to Incorporation
3. Lotus Ltd. was incorporated on 1 st July, 2017 to acquire a running business of Feel goods
with effect from 1st April, 2017. During the year 2017-18, the total sales were ` 48,00,000
of which ` 9,60,000 were for the first six months. The Gross profit of the company
` 7,81,600. The expenses debited to the Profit & Loss Account included:
(i) Director's fees ` 60,000
(ii) Bad debts ` 14,400
(iii) Advertising ` 48,000 (under a contract amounting to ` 4,000 per month)
(iv) Salaries and General Expenses ` 2,56,000
(v) Preliminary Expenses written off ` 20,000
(vi) Donation to a political party given by the company ` 20,000.
Prepare a statement showing pre-incorporation and post-incorporation profit for the year
ended 31st March, 2018.
Accounting for Bonus Issue
4. Following is the extract of the Balance Sheet of Xeta Ltd. as at 31 st March, 2017
`
Authorised capital:
50,000 12% Preference shares of ` 10 each 5,00,000
4,00,000 Equity shares of ` 10 each 40,00,000
45,00,000
Issued and Subscribed capital:
24,000 12% Preference shares of ` 10 each fully paid 2,40,000
2,70,000 Equity shares of ` 10 each, ` 8 paid up 21,60,000
Reserves and surplus:
General Reserve 3,60,000
Securities premium 1,00,000
Profit and Loss Account 6,00,000

On 1st April, 2017, the Company has made final call @ ` 2 each on 2,70,000 equity shares.
The call money was received by 20 th April, 2017. Thereafter, the company decided to
capitalize its reserves by way of bonus at the rate of one share for every four shares held.
Show necessary journal entries in the books of the company and prepare the extract of the
balance sheet as on 30 th April, 2017 after bonus issue.
Right issue
5. A company offers new shares of ` 100 each at 25% premium to existing shareholders on
one for four basis. The cum-right market price of a share is ` 150. Calculate the value of
a right.
Redemption of Preference shares
6. The capital structure of a AP Ltd. consists of 20,000 Equity Shares of `10 each fully paid
up and 1,000 8% Redeemable Preference Shares of `100 each fully paid up (issued on
1.4.20X1).
Undistributed reserve and surplus stood as: General Reserve ` 80,000; Profit and Loss
Account ` 20,000; Investment Allowance Reserve out of which ` 5,000, (not free for
distribution as dividend) ` 10,000; Cash at bank amounted to ` 98,000. Preference shares
are to be redeemed at a Premium of 10% and for the purpose of redemption, the directors
are empowered to make fresh issue of Equity Shares at par after utilising the undistributed
reserve and surplus, subject to the conditions that a sum of ` 20,000 shall be retained in
general reserve and which should not be utilised.
Pass Journal Entries to give effect to the above arrangements and also show how the relevant
items will appear in the Balance Sheet of the company after the redemption carried out.
Redemption of Debentures
7. On 1st January, 2008 Raman Ltd. allotted 20,000 9% Debentures of `100 each at par, the
total amount having been received along with applications.
(i) On 1st January, 2010 the Company purchased in the open market 2,000 of its own
debentures @ ` 101 each and cancelled them immediately.
(ii) On 1st January, 2013 the company redeemed at par debentures for `6,00,000 by draw
of a lot.
(iii) On 1st January, 2014 the company purchased debentures of the face value of
`4,00,000 for 3,95,600 in the open market, held them as investments for one year
and then cancelled them.
(iv) Finally, as per resolution of the board of directors, the remaining debentures were
redeemed at a premium of 2% on 1 st January, 2018 when Securities Premium Account
in the company's ledger showed a balance of `60,000.

Pass journal entries for the above mentioned transactions ignoring debenture redemption
reserve, debenture - interest and interest on own' debentures.
Investment Accounts
8. A Ltd. purchased on 1 st April, 2018 8% convertible debenture in C Ltd. of face value of
` 2,00,000 @ ` 108. On 1st July, 2018 A Ltd. purchased another ` 1,00,000 debenture
@ ` 112 cum interest.
On 1st October, 2018 ` 80,000 debenture was sold @ ` 108. On 1st December, 2018, C
Ltd. give option for conversion of 8% convertible debentures into equity share of ` 10 each.
A Ltd. receive 5,000 equity share in C Ltd. in conversion of 25% debenture held on that
date. The market price of debenture and equity share in C Ltd. at the end of year 2018 is
` 110 and ` 15 respectively.
Interest on debenture is payable each year on 31st March, and 30th September.
The accounting year of A Ltd. is calendar year.
Prepare investment account in the books of A Ltd. on average cost basis.
Insurance Claim for loss of stock or profit
9. A fire engulfed the premises of a business of M/s Preet on the morning of 1 st July 2018.
The building, equipment and stock were destroyed and the salvage recorded the following:
Building – ` 4,000; Equipment – ` 2,500; Stock – ` 20,000. The following other information
was obtained from the records saved for the period from 1 st January to 30th June 2018:
`
Sales 11,50,000
Sales Returns 40,000
Purchases 9,50,000
Purchases Returns 12,500
Cartage inward 17,500
Wages 7,500
Stock in hand on 31st December, 2017 1,50,000
Building (value on 31st December, 2017) 3,75,000
Equipment (value on 31 st December, 2017) 75,000
Depreciation provision till 31 st December, 2017 on:
Building 1,25,000
Equipment 22,500
No depreciation has been provided since December 31 st 2017. The latest rate of
depreciation is 5% p.a. on building and 15% p.a. on equipment by straight line method.

Normally business makes a profit of 25% on net sales. You are required to prepare the
statement of claim for submission to the Insurance Company.
Hire Purchase Transactions
10. The following particulars relate to hire purchase transactions:
(a) X purchased three cars from Y on hire purchase basis, the cash price of each car
being ` 2,00,000.
(b) The hire purchaser charged depreciation @ 20% on diminishing balance method.
(c) Two cars were seized by on hire vendor when second installment was not paid at the
end of the second year. The hire vendor valued the two cars at cash price less 30%
depreciation charged under it diminishing balance method.
(d) The hire vendor spent ` 10,000 on repairs of the cars and then sold them for a total
amount of ` 1,70,000.
You are required to compute:
(i) Agreed value of two cars taken back by the hire vendor.
(ii) Book value of car left with the hire purchaser.
(iii) Profit or loss to hire purchaser on two cars taken back by their hire vendor.
(iv) Profit or loss of cars repossessed, when sold by the hire vendor.
Departmental Accounts
11. The following balances were extracted from the books of M/s Division. You are required
to prepare Departmental Trading Account and Profit and Loss account for the year ended
31st December, 2018 after adjusting the unrealized department profits if any.
Deptt. A Deptt. B
` `
Opening Stock 50,000 40,000
Purchases 6,50,000 9,10,000
Sales 10,00,000 15,00,000
General expenses incurred for both the departments were ` 1,25,000 and you are also
supplied with the following information: (a) Closing stock of Department A
` 1,00,000 including goods from Department B for ` 20,000 at cost of Department A. (b)
Closing stock of Department B ` 2,00,000 including goods from Department A for
` 30,000 at cost to Department B. (c) Opening stock of Department A and Department B
include goods of the value of ` 10,000 and ` 15,000 taken from Department B and
Department A respectively at cost to transferee departments. (d) The rate of gross profit is
uniform from year to year.

Branch Accounting
12. M/s ABC & Co. has head office at New York (U.S.A.) and branch in Bangalore (India).
Bangalore branch is an integral foreign operation of ABC & Co.
Bangalore branch furnishes you with its trial balance as on 31 st March, 2018 and the
additional information given thereafter:
Dr. Cr.
(Rupees in thousands)
Stock on 1st April, 2017 300
Purchases and Sales 800 1,200
Sundry Debtors & Creditors 400 300
Bills of Exchange 120 240
Wages & Salaries 560 -
Rent, Rates & Taxes 360 -
Sundry Charges 160 -
Computers 240 -
Bank Balance 420 -
New York Office A/c - 1,620
3,360 3,360
Additional Information:
(a) Computers were acquired from a remittance of US $ 6,000 received from New York
head office and paid to the suppliers. Depreciate computers at 60% for the year.
(b) Unsold stock of Bangalore branch was worth ` 4,20,000 on 31st March, 2018.
(c) The rates of exchange may be taken as follows:
- On 01.04.2017 @ ` 55 per US $
- On 31.03.2018 @ ` 60 per US $
- Average exchange rate for the year @ ` 58 per US $
- Conversion in $ shall be made up to two decimal accuracy.
You are asked to prepare in US dollars the revenue statement for the year ended
31st March, 2018 and the balance sheet as on that date of Bangalore branch as would
appear in the books of New York head office of ABC & Co. You are informed that Bangalore
branch account showed a debit balance of US $ 29845.35 on 31.3.2018 in New York books
and there were no items pending reconciliation.

Accounts from Incomplete Records

13. From the following information in respect of Mr. Preet, prepare Trading and Profit and Loss
Account for the year ended 31 st March, 2018 and a Balance Sheet as at that date:
31-03-2017 31-03-2018
(1) Liabilities and Assets ` `
Stock in trade 1,60,000 1,40,000
Debtors for sales 3,20,000 ?
Bills receivable - ?
Creditors for purchases 2,20,000 3,00,000
Furniture at written down value 1,20,000 1,27,000
Expenses outstanding 40,000 36,000
Prepaid expenses 12,000 14,000
Cash on hand 4,000 3,000
Bank Balance 20,000 1,500
(2) Receipts and Payments during 2017-2018:
Collections from Debtors
(after allowing 2-1/2% discount) 11,70,000
Payments to Creditors
(after receiving 2% discount) 7,84,000
Proceeds of Bills receivable discounted at 2%) 1,22,500
Proprietor’s drawings 1,40,000
Purchase of furniture on 30.09.2017 20,000
12% Government securities purchased on 2,00,000
1-10-2017
Expenses 3,50,000
Miscellaneous Income 10,000
(3) Sales are effected so as to realize a gross profit of 50% on the cost.
(4) Capital introduced during the year by the proprietor by cheques was omitted to
be recorded in the Cash Book, though the bank balance on 31 st March, 2018
(as shown above), is after taking the same into account.
(5) Purchases and Sales are made only on credit.
(6) During the year, Bills Receivable of ` 2,00,000 were drawn on debtors. out of
these, Bills amount to ` 40,000 were endorsed in favour of creditors. Out of
this latter amount, a Bill for ` 8,000 was dishonoured by the debtor.

Dissolution of partnership firm

14. A partnership firm was dissolved on 30 th June, 2018. Its Balance Sheet on the date of
dissolution was as follows:
Capitals: Cash 21,600

A 1,52,000 Sundry Assets 3,78,400
B 96,000
C 72,000 3,20,000
Loan A/c – B 20,000
Sundry Creditors 60,000
4,00,000 4,00,000
The assets were realized in instalments and the payments were made on the proportionate
capital basis. Creditors were paid ` 58,000 in full settlement of their account. Expenses
of realization were estimated to be ` 10,800 but actual amount spent was ` 8,000. This
amount was paid on 15 th September. Draw up a statement showing distribution of cash,
which was realized as follows:
`
On 5th July, 2018 50,400
On 30th August, 2018 1,20,000
On 15th September, 2018 1,60,000
The partners shared profits and losses in the ratio of 2 : 2 : 1. Prepare a statement showing
distribution of cash amongst the partners by ‘Highest Relative Capital’ method.
Framework for Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements
15. (a) With regard to financial statements name any four.
(1) Users
(2) Qualitative characteristics
(3) Elements
(b) What are fundamental accounting assumptions?
AS 2 Valuation of Inventories
16. (a) On 31st March 2017, a business firm finds that cost of a partly finished unit on that
date is ` 530. The unit can be finished in 2017-18 by an additional expenditure of
` 310. The finished unit can be sold for ` 750 subject to payment of 4% brokerage

on selling price. The firm seeks your advice regarding the amount at which the
unfinished unit should be valued as at 31 st March, 2017 for preparation of final
accounts. Assume that the partly finished unit cannot be sold in semi finished form
and its NRV is zero without processing it further.
AS 4 Contingencies and Events Occurring after the Balance Sh eet Date
(b) The Board of Directors of New Graphics Ltd. in its Board Meeting held on 18 th April,
2017, considered and approved the Audited Financial results along with Auditors
Report for the Financial Year ended 31 st March, 2017 and recommended a dividend
of ` 2 per equity share (on 2 crore fully paid up equity shares of ` 10 each) for the
year ended31st March, 2017 and if approved by the members at the forthcoming
Annual General Meeting of the company on 18 th June, 2017, the same will be paid to
all the eligible shareholders.
Discuss on the accounting treatment and presentation of the said proposed dividend
in the annual accounts of the company for the year ended 31 st March, 2017 as per
the applicable Accounting Standard and other Statutory Requirements.
AS 5 Net Profit or Loss for the Period, Prior Period Items and Changes in Accounting
Polices
17. (a) Goods of ` 5,00,000 were destroyed due to flood in September, 2015. A claim was
lodged with insurance company, but no entry was passed in the books for insurance
claim.
In March, 2018, the claim was passed and the company received a payment of
` 3,50,000 against the claim. Explain the treatment of such receipt in final accounts
for the year ended 31st March, 2018.
AS 10 Property, Plant and Equipment
(b) Preet Ltd. is installing a new plant at its production facility. It has incurred these costs:
1. Cost of the plant (cost per supplier’s invoice plus taxes) ` 50,00,000
2. Initial delivery and handling costs ` 4,00,000
3. Cost of site preparation ` 12,00,000
4. Consultants used for advice on the acquisition of the plant ` 14,00,000
5. Interest charges paid to supplier of plant for deferred credit ` 4,00,000
6. Estimated dismantling costs to be incurred after 7 years ` 6,00,000
7. Operating losses before commercial production ` 8,00,000
Please advise Preet Ltd. on the costs that can be capitalised in accordance with AS
10 (Revised).

AS 11 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates

18. (a) Rau Ltd. purchased a plant for US$ 1,00,000 on 01 st February 2016, payable after
three months. Company entered into a forward contract for three months @ ` 49.15
per dollar. Exchange rate per dollar on 01st Feb. was ` 48.85. How will you recognise
the profit or loss on forward contract in the books of Rau Ltd.?
AS 12 Accounting for Government Grants
(b) Viva Ltd. received a specific grant of ` 30 lakhs for acquiring the plant of ` 150 lakhs
during 2014- 15 having useful life of 10 years. The grant received was credited to
deferred income in the balance sheet and was not deducted from the cost of plant.
During 2017-18, due to non-compliance of conditions laid down for the grant, the
company had to refund the whole grant to the Government. Balance in the deferred
income on that date was ` 21 lakhs and written down value of plant was ` 105 lakhs.
What should be the treatment of the refund of the grant and the effect on cost of the
fixed asset and the amount of depreciation to be charged during the year 2017-18 in
profit and loss account? AS 13 Accounting for Investments.
AS 13 Accounting for Investments
19. (a) Paridhi Electronics Ltd. has current investment (X Ltd.’s shares) purchased for ` 5
lakhs, which the company want to reclassify as long term investment on 31.3.2018.
The market value of these investments as on date of Balance Sheet was ` 2.5 lakhs.
How will you deal with this as on 31.3.18 with reference to AS-13?
AS 16 Borrowing Costs
(b) Zen Bridge Construction Limited obtained a loan of ` 64 crores to be utilized as under:
(i) Construction of Hill link road in Kedarnath ` 50 crores
(ii) Purchase of Equipment and Machineries ` 6 crores
(iii) Working Capital ` 4 crores
(iv) Purchase of Vehicles ` 1crore
(v) Advances for tools/cranes etc. ` 1crore
(vi) Purchase of Technical Know how ` 2 crores
(vii) Total Interest charged by the Bank for the year ending ` 1.6 crores
31st March, 2018
Show the treatment of Interest according to Accounting Standard by Zen Bridge
Construction Limited.
AS 17 Segment Reporting
20. (a) PK Ltd. has identified business segment as its primary reporting format. It has
identified India, USA and UK as three geographical segments. It sells its products in
the Indian market, which constitutes 70 percent of the Company’s sales. 25 per cent

is sold in USA and the balance is sold in UK. Is PK Ltd. as part of its geographical
secondary segment information, required to disclose segment revenue from export
sales, where such sales are not significant?
AS 22 Accounting for taxes on income
(b) Is it permissible not to recognize deferred tax liability on the ground that the Company
expects that there will be losses both for accounting and tax purposes in near future?
You are required to give advise to the company.
SUGGESTED ANSWERS
1. (a) Statement of Profit and Loss of Shweta Ltd. for the year ended 31 st March, 2018
Particulars Note `
I Revenue from Operations 20,11,050
II Other income (Divided income) 12,750
III Total Revenue (I &+ II) 20,23,800
IV Expenses:
(a) Purchases (14,71,500 – Advertisement
14,56,500
Expenses 15,000)
(b) Changes in Inventories of finished Goods /
8,100
Work in progress (4,35,600 – 4,27,500)
(c) Employee Benefits expense 9 1,20,000
(d) Finance costs 10 51,900
(e) Depreciation & Amortization Expenses [10% of
11,100
(1,05,000 + 6,000)]
(f) Other Expenses 11 3,47,550
Total Expenses 19,95,150
V Profit before exceptional, extraordinary items and tax
28,650
(III-IV)
VI Exceptional items -
VII Profit before extra ordinary items and tax (V-IV) 28,650
VIII Extraordinary items -
IX Profit before tax (VII-VIII) 28,650
X Tax expense:
Current Tax 12,000
XI Profit/Loss for the period (after tax) 16,650

Balance sheet of Shweta Ltd. as on 31st March, 2018

Particulars as on 31st March Note
I
(1) Shareholders’ funds:
(a) Share capital 1 12,00,000
(b) Reserves and surplus 2 66,150
(2) Non current liabilities:
Long term borrowings 3 4,50,000
(3) Current liabilities:
(a) Short term borrowings 4 4,50,000
(b) Trade payables 2,63,550
(c) Other current liabilities 5 29,250
Total 24,58,950
II ASSETS
(1) Non-current Assets
(a) Property, Plant & Equipment
(i) Tangible assets 6 11,49,900
(ii) Intangible assets 7 4,05,000
(b) Non current investments (Shares at cost) 1,50,000
Current Assets:
(a) Inventories 4,27,500
(b) Trade receivables 8 2,72,550
(c) Cash and Cash equivalents – Cash on hand 36,000
(d) Short term loans and advances –Income tax
18,000
(paid 30,000-Provision 12,000)
Total 24,58,950
Note: There is a Contingent liability for Bills receivable discounted with Bank ` 6,000.
Notes to accounts
(` )
1. Share Capital
Authorized
90,000 Equity Shares of ` 10 each 9,00,000

6,000 6% Preference shares of ` 100 each 6,00,000 15,00,000

Issued, subscribed & called up
60,000, Equity Shares of ` 10 each 6,00,000
6,000 6% Redeemable Preference Shares of 100
6,00,000 12,00,000
each
2. Reserves and Surplus
Balance as on 1st April, 2017 85,500
Add: Surplus for current year 16,650 1,02,150
Less: Preference Dividend 36,000
Balance as on 31st March, 2018 66,150
3. Long Term Borrowings
5% Mortgage Debentures (Secured against
4,50,000
Freehold Properties)
4. Short Term Borrowings
Secured Borrowings: Loans Repayable on Demand
Overdraft from Banks (Secured by Hypothecation of 4,50,000
Stocks & Receivables)
5. Other Current liabilities
Interest Accrued and due on Borrowings
11,250
(5% Debentures)
Unpaid Preference Dividends 18,000 29,250
6. Tangible Fixed assets
Furniture
Furniture at Cost Less depreciation ` 45,000 (as
1,05,000
given in Trial Balance
Add: Depreciation 45,000
Cost of Furniture 1,50,000
Add: Installation charge of Electrical Fittings wrongly
6,000
included under the heading Salaries and Wages
Total Gross block of Furniture A/c 1,56,000
Accumulated Depreciation Account: Opening
Balance-given in Trial Balance 45,000
Depreciation for the year:
On Opening WDV at 10% i.e.
(10% x 1,05,000) 10,500

On additional purchase during the year

at 10% i.e. (10% x 6,000) 600
Less: Accumulated Depreciation 56,100 99,900
Freehold property (at cost) 10,50,000
11,49,900
7. Intangible Fixed Assets
Technical knowhow 4,50,000
Less: Written off 45,000 4,05,000
8. Trade Receivables
Sundry Debtors (a) Debt outstanding for more than
18,000
six months
(b) Other Debts (refer Working Note) 1,34,550
Bills Receivable (1,24,500 -4,500) 1,20,000 2,72,550
9. Employee benefit expenses
Amount as per Trial Balance 1,56,000
Less: Wages incurred for installation of electrical
6,000
fittings to be capitalised
Less: Directors’ Remuneration shown separately 30,000
Balance amount 1,20,000
10. Finance Costs
Interest on bank overdraft 29,400
Interest on debentures 22,500 51,900
11. Other Expenses
Payment to the auditors 18,000
Director’s remuneration 30,000
Selling expenses 2,37,300
Technical knowhow written of (4,50,000/10) 45,000
Advertisement (Goods and Articles Distributed) 15,000
Bad Debts (4,500 x50%) 2,250 3,47,550
Working Note
Calculation of Sundry Debtors-Other Debts
Sundry Debtors as given in Trial Balance 1,50,300
Add Back: Bills Receivables Dishonoured 4,500
1,54,800

Less: Bad Debts written off – 50% ` 4,500 (2,250)

Adjusted Sundry Debtors 1,52,550
Less: Debts due for more than 6 months (as per information given) (18,000)
Total of other Debtors i.e. Debtors outstanding for less than 6
1,34,550
months
(b) Computation of effective capital:
Where Gaurav Where Gaurav
Ltd.is a non- Ltd.is is an
investment investment
company company
Paid-up share capital —
67,500, 14% Preference shares 67,50,000 67,50,000
5,40,000 Equity shares 4,32,00,000 4,32,00,000
Capital reserves 2,02,500 2,02,500
Securities premium 2,25,000 2,25,000
15% Debentures 2,92,50,000 2,92,50,000
Public Deposits 16,65,000 16,65,000
(A) 8,12,92,500 8,12,92,500
Investments 3,37,50,000 -
Profit and Loss account (Dr. balance) 68,62,500 68,62,500
(B) 4,06,12,500 68,62,500
Effective capital (A–B) 4,06,80,000 7,44,30,000
(c) (i) Current Liabilities/ Other Current Liabilities
(ii) Shareholders' Fund / Reserve & Surplus
(iii) Current liabilities/Other Current Liabilities
(iv) Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
(v) Shareholders' Fund / Share Capital
2. Cash Flow Statement as per AS 3
Cash flows from operating activities: ` in lacs
Net profit before tax provision 72,000
Add: Non cash expenditures:
Depreciation 48,000
Loss on sale of assets 96
Interest expenditure (non-operating activity) 24,000 72,096
1,44,096

Less: Non cash income

Amortisation of capital grant received (20)
Profit on sale of investments (non-operating income) (240)
Interest income from investments (non-operating (6,000) 6,260
income)
Operating profit 1,37,836
Less: Increase in working capital (1,34,580)
Cash from operations 3,256
Less: Income tax paid (10,200)
Net cash generated from operating activities (6,944)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Sale of assets (444 – 96) 348
Sale of investments (66,636+240) 66,876
Interest income from investments 6,000
Purchase of fixed assets (44,184)
Expenditure on construction work (83,376)
Net cash used in investing activities (54,336)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Grants for capital projects 36
Long term borrowings 1,11,732
Interest paid (26,084)
Dividend paid (20,404)
Net cash from financing activities 65,280
Net increase in cash 4,000
Add: Cash and bank balance as on 1.4.2018 12,000
Cash and bank balance as on 31.3.2019 16,000
3. Statement showing the calculation of Profits for the pre-incorporation and post-
incorporation periods
For the year ended 31 st March, 2018
Particulars Total Basis of Pre- Post-
Amount Allocation incorporation incorporation
Gross Profit 7,81,600 Sales 78,160 7,03,440
Less: Directors’ fee 60,000 Post 60,000
Bad debts 14,400 Sales 1,440 12,960
Advertising 48,000 Time 12,000 36,000
Salaries & general expenses 2,56,000 Time 64,000 1,92,000

Preliminary expenses 20,000 Post 20,000

Donation to Political Party 20,000 Post 20,000
Net Profit 3,63,200 720 3,62,480
Working Notes:
1. Sales ratio
Particulars `
Sales for period up to 30.06.2017 (9,60,000 x 3/6) 4,80,000
Sales for period from 01.07.2017 to 31.03.2018 (48,00,000 – 4,80,000) 43,20,000
Thus, Sales Ratio = 1 : 9
2. Time ratio
1st April, 2017 to 30 June, 2017: 1 st July, 2017 to 31st March, 2018
= 3 months: 9 months = 1: 3
Thus, Time Ratio is 1: 3
4. Journal Entries in the books of Xeta Ltd.
` `
1-4-2017 Equity share final call A/c Dr. 5,40,000
To Equity share capital A/c 5,40,000
(For final calls of ` 2 per share on 2,70,000
equity shares due as per Board’s Resolution
dated….)
20-4-2017 Bank A/c Dr. 5,40,000
To Equity share final call A/c 5,40,000
(For final call money on 2,70,000 equity
shares received)
Securities Premium A/c Dr. 1,00,000
General Reserve A/c Dr. 3,60,000
Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 2,15,000
To Bonus to shareholders A/c 6,75,000
(For making provision for bonus issue of one
share for every four shares held)
Bonus to shareholders A/c Dr. 6,75,000
To Equity share capital A/c 6,75,000
(For issue of bonus shares)

Extract of Balance Sheet as at 30 th April, 2017 (after bonus issue)

`
Authorised Capital
50,000 12% Preference shares of `10 each 5,00,000
4,00,000 Equity shares of `10 each 40,00,000
Issued and subscribed capital
24,000 12% Preference shares of `10 each, fully paid 2,40,000
3,37,500 Equity shares of `10 each, fully paid 33,75,000
(Out of above, 67,500 equity shares @ `10 each were issued by way of bonus)
Reserves and surplus
Profit and Loss Account 3,85,000
5. Ex-right value of the shares = (Cum-right value of the existing shares + Rights shares Issue
Price) / (Existing Number of shares + Rights Number of shares)
= (` 150 X 4 Shares + ` 125 X 1 Share) / (4 + 1) Shares
= ` 725 / 5 shares = ` 145 per share.
Value of right = Cum-right value of the share – Ex-right value of the share
= ` 150 – ` 145 = ` 5 per share.
6. In the books of AP Ltd.
Journal Entries
Date Particulars Dr. (` ) Cr. (` )
Bank A/c Dr. 25,000
To Equity Share Capital A/c 25,000
(Being the issue of 2,500 Equity Shares of ` 10
each at par, as per Board’s Resolution
No…..dated…….)
8% Redeemable Preference Share Capital A/c Dr. 1,00,000
Premium on Redemption of Preference Shares A/c Dr. 10,000
To Preference Shareholders A/c 1,10,000
(Being the amount paid on redemption transferred
to Preference Shareholders Account)
Preference Shareholders A/c Dr. 1,10,000
To Bank A/c 1,10,000
(Being the amount paid on redemption of
preference shares)

Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 10,000

To Premium on Redemption of Preference 10,000
Shares A/c
(Being the premium payable on redemption is
adjusted against Profit & Loss Account)
General Reserve A/c Dr. 60,000
Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 10,000
Investment Allowance Reserve A/c Dr. 5,000
To Capital Redemption Reserve A/c 75,000
(Being the amount transferred to Capital
Redemption Reserve Account as per the
requirement of the Act)
Balance Sheet as on ………[Extracts]
Particulars Notes No. `
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
1. Shareholders’ funds
a Share capital 1 2,25,000
b Reserves and Surplus 2 1,00,000
Total ?
ASSETS
2. Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 13,000
(98,000 + 25,000 – 1,10,000)
Total ?
Notes to accounts
1. Share Capital
22,500 Equity shares (20,000 + 2,500) of ` 10 each fully paid up 2,25,000
2. Reserves and Surplus
General Reserve 20,000
Capital Redemption Reserve 75,000
Investment Allowance Reserve 5,000
1,00,000

Working Note:
No of Shares to be issued for redemption of Preference Shares:
Face value of shares redeemed ` 1,00,000
Less: Profit available for distribution as dividend:
General Reserve : ` (80,000-20,000) ` 60,000
Profit and Loss (20,000 – 10,000 set aside for
adjusting premium payable on redemption of
preference shares) ` 10,000
Investment Allowance Reserve: (` 10,000-5,000) ` 5,000 (` 75,000)
` 25,000
Therefore, No. of shares to be issued = 25,000/` 10 = 2,500 shares.
7. Journal
(` ) Dr. (` ) Cr.
2008 Jan 1 Bank Dr. 20,00,000
To 9% Debenture Applications & Allotment Account 20,00,000
(Being application money on 20,000 debentures @ ` 100
per debenture received)
9% Debentures Applications & Allotment Account Dr. 10,00,000
To 9% Debentures Account 20,00,000
(Being allotment of 20,000 9% Debentures of `100 each at
par)
(i) 9% Debenture Account Dr. 2,00,000
2010 Jan. 1 Loss on Redemption of Debentures Account Dr. 2,000
To Bank 2,02,000
(Being redemption of 2,000 9% Debentures of `100 each
by purchase in the open market @ `101 each)
” ” Profit & Loss Account/Securities Premium 2,000
Account Dr. 2,000
To Loss on Redemption of Debentures Account
(Being loss on redemption of debentures being written off
by transfer to Profit and Loss Account or Securitie s
Premium Account)
(ii) 2013 9% Debentures Account Dr. 6,00,000
Jan. 1 To Sundry Debentureholders 6,00,000
(Being Amount payable to debentureholder s on redemptio n
debentures for `6,00,000 at par by draw of a lot)

” ” Sundry Debentureholder s Dr. 6,00,000

To Bank 6,00,000
(Being Payment made to sundry debentureholders for
redeeming debentures of `6,00,000 at par)
(iii) 2014 Own Debentures Dr. 3,95,600
Jan. 1 To Bank 3,95,600
(Being purchase of own debentures of the face value of
`4,00,000 for `3,95,600)
2015 ” 9% Debentures Dr. 4,00,000
To Own Debentures 3,95,600
To Profit on Cancellation of Own Debentur es 4,400
Account
(Being Cancellation of own debentures of the face value of
`4,00,000 purchased last year for `3,95,600)
” ” Profit on Cancellation of Own Debentures 4,400
Account Dr. 4,400
To Capital Reserve Account
(Being transfer of profit on cancellation of own debentur es
to capital reserve)
(iv) 2018 9% Debentures Account Dr. 8,00,000
Jan. Premium on Redemption of Debentures Account Dr. 16,000
To Sundry Debentureholders 8,16,000
(Being amount payable to holders of debentures of the face
value of ` 8,00,000 on redemption at a premium of 2% as
per resolution of the board of directors)
” ” Sundry Debentureholder s Dr. 8,16,000
To Bank Account
(Being payment to sundry debentureholder s) 8,16,000
” ” Securities Premium Account Dr. 16,000
To Premium on Redemption of Debentures Account 16,000
(Being utilisation of a part of the balance in Securitie s
Premium Account to write off premium paid on redemptio n
of debentures)

8. Investment Account for the year ending on 31 st December, 2018 30
Scrip : 8% Convertible Debentures in C Ltd.

[Interest Payable on 31st March and 30th September]
Date Particular s Nominal Interest Cost Date Particular s Nominal Interest Cost
value (`) (`) (`) Value (`) (`) (`)
1.4.18 To Bank A/c 2,00,000 - 2,16,000 30.09.18 By Bank A/c - 12,000 -
1.7.18 To Bank A/c 1,00,000 2,000 1,10,000 [`3,00,000 x 8% x (6/12]
(W.N.1)
31.12.1 To P & L A/c - 14,033 - 1.10.18 By Bank A/c 80,000 84,000

8
[Interest] 1.10.18 By P&L A/c (loss) 2,933
(W.N.1)
1.12.18 By Bank A/c (Accrued 733
interest)
(` 55,000 x .08x 2/12)
1.12.18 By Equity shares in C 55,000 59,767
Ltd. (W.N. 3 and 4)
31.12.18 By Balance c/d (W.N.5) 1,65,000 3,300 1,79,300
INTERMEDIATE (NEW) EXAMINATION: MAY, 2019
3,00,000 16,033 3,26,000 3,00,000 16,033 3,26,000

SCRIP: Equity Shares in C LTD.

Date Particulars Cost (`) Date Particulars Cost (`)
1.12.18 To 8 % debentures 59,767 31.12.18 By balance c/d 59,767
Working Notes:
(i) Cost of Debenture purchased on 1 st July = `1,12,000 – `2,000 (Interest)
= `1,10,000
(ii) Cost of Debentures sold on 1 st Oct.
= (`2,16,000 + `1,10,000) x 80,000/3,00,000 = ` 86,933
(iii) Loss on sale of Debentures = ` 86,933– `84,000 = `2,933
Nominal value of debentures converted into equity shares = ` 55,000
[(` 3,00,000 – 80,000) x.25]
Interest received before the conversion of debentures
Interest on 25% of total debentures = 55,000 x 8% x 2/12 = 733
(iv) Cost of Debentures converted = (` 2,16,000 + `1,10,000) x 55,000/3,00,000
= ` 59,767
(v) Cost of closing balance of Debentures = (` 2,16,000 + `1,10,000) x
1,65,000 / 3,00,000
= ` 1,79,300
(vii) Closing balance of Debentures has been valued at cost being lower than the market
value i.e. ` 1,81,500 (` 1,65,000 @ ` 110)
(viii) 5,000 equity Shares in C Ltd. will be valued at cost of ` 59,767 being lower than the
market value ` 75,000 (` 15 x5,000)
Note: It is assumed that interest on debentures, which are converted into cash, has been
received at the time of conversion.
9. Memorandum Trading Account for the Period from 1.1.2018 to 30.6.2018
` `
To Opening Stock (1.1.2018) 1,50,000 By Sales 11,50,000
To Purchases 9,50,000 Less: Sales
Less: Returns (12,500) 9,37,500 Returns (40,000) 11,10,000
To Cartage Inwards 17,500 By Closing Stock 2,80,000
To Wages 7,500 (Bal. Fig.)

To Gross Profit 2,77,500

(25% of ` 11,10,000)
13,90,000 13,90,000
Stock Destroyed Account

` `
To Trading Account 2,80,000 By Stock Salvaged Account 20,000
By Balance c/d (For Claim) 2,60,000
2,80,000 2,80,000
Statement of Claim
Items Cost Depreciation Salvage Claim
(` ) (` ) (` ) (` )
A B C D (E=B-C-D)
Stock 2,80,000 20,000 2,60,000
Buildings 3,75,000 1,25,000 + 9,375 4,000 2,36,625
Equipment 75,000 22,500 + 5,625 2,500 44,375
5,41,000
10.
`
(i) Price of two cars = ` 2,00,000 x 2 4,00,000
Less: Depreciation for the first year @ 30% 1,20,000
2,80,000
30
Less: Depreciation for the second year = ` 2, 80,000 x 84,000
100
Agreed value of two cars taken back by the hire vendor 1,96,000
(ii) Cash purchase price of one car 2,00,000
Less: Depreciation on ` 2,00,000 @20% for the first year 40,000
Written drown value at the end of first year 1,60,000
Less: Depreciation on ` 1,60,000 @ 20% for the second year 32,000
Book value of car left with the hire purchaser 1,28,000
(iii) Book value of one car as calculated in working note (ii) above 1,28,000
Book value of Two cars = ` 1,28,000 x 2 2,56,000
Value at which the two cars were taken back, calculated in 1,96,000
working note (i) above

Hence, loss on cars taken back = ` 2,56,000 – ` 1,96,000 = ` 60,000

(iv) Sale proceeds of cars repossessed 1,70,000
Less: Value at which cars were taken back ` 1,96,000
Repair ` 10,000 2,06,000
Loss on resale 36,000
11. Departmental Trading and Loss Account of M/s Division
For the year ended 31 st December, 2018
Deptt. A Deptt. B Deptt. A Deptt. B
` ` ` `
To Opening stock 50,000 40,000 By Sales 10,00,000 15,00,000
To Purchases 6,50,000 9,10,000 By Closing
To Gross profit 4,00,000 7,50,000 stock 1,00,000 2,00,000
11,00,000 17,00,000 11,00,000 17,00,000
To General Expenses By Gross profit 4,00,000 7,50,000
(in ratio of sales) 50,000 75,000
To Profit ts/f to general 3,50,000 6,75,000
profit and loss
account
4,00,000 7,50,000 4,00,000 7,50,000
General Profit and Loss Account

` `
To Stock reserve required (additional: By Profit from:
Stock in Deptt. A Deptt. A 3,50,000
50% of (` 20,000 - ` 10,000) (W.N.1) 5,000 Deptt. B 6,75,000
Stock in Deptt. B
40% of (` 30,000 - ` 15,000) (W.N.2) 6,000
To Net Profit 10,14,000
10,25,000 10,25,000
Working Notes:
1. Stock of department A will be adjusted according to the rate applicable to department
B = [(7,50,000 ÷ 15,00,000) х 100] = 50%
2. Stock of department B will be adjusted according to the rate applicable to department
A = [(4,00,000 ÷ 10,00,000) х 100] = 40%

12. M/s ABC & Co.

Bangalore Branch Trial Balance in (US $)
as on 31st March, 2018
Conversion Dr. Cr.
rate per US $ US $ US $
(` )
Stock on 1.4.17 55 5,454.55 –
Purchases and sales 58 13,793.10 20,689.66
Sundry debtors and creditors 60 6,666.67 5,000.00
Bills of exchange 60 2,000.00 4,000.00
Wages and salaries 58 9,655.17 –
Rent, rates and taxes 58 6,206.90 –
Sundry charges 58 2,758.62 –
Computers – 6,000.00 –
Bank balance 60 7,000.00 –
New York office A/c – – 29,845.35
59,535.01 59,535.01
Trading and Profit & Loss Account

for the year ended 31 st March, 2018
US $ US $
To Opening Stock 5,454.55 By Sales 20,689.66
To Purchases 13,793.10 By Closing stock 7,000.00
To Wages and salaries 9,655.17 (` 4,20,000/60)
By Gross Loss c/d 1,213.16
28,902.82 28,902.82
To Gross Loss b/d 1,213.16 By Net Loss 13,778.68
To Rent, rates and taxes 6,206.90
To Sundry charges 2,758.62
To Depreciation on 3,600.00
computers
(US $ 6,000 × 0.6)
13,778.68 13,778.68

Balance Sheet of Bangalore Branch

as on 31st March, 2018
Liabilities US $ Assets US $ US $
New York Office A/c 29,845.35 Computers 6,000.00
Less: Net Loss (13,778.68) 16,066.67 Less: (3,600.00) 2,400.00
Depreciation
Sundry creditors 5,000.00 Closing stock 7,000.00
Bills payable 4,000.00 Sundry debtors 6,666.67
Bills receivable 2,000.00
Bank balance 7,000.00
25,066.67 25,066.67
13. Trading and Profit and Loss Account of Mr. Preet
for the year ended 31st March, 2018
Amount Amount
` `
To Opening stock 1,60,000 By Sales 13,98,000
To Purchases (W.N.5) 9,12,000 By Closing stock 1,40,000
To Gross profit c/d (Bal.fig.) 4,66,000 _______
15,38,000 15,38,000
To Expenses (W.N.7) 3,44,000 By Gross profit b/d 4,66,000
To Discount allowed 32,500 By Discount received 16,000
(W.N.9) (W.N.10)
To Depreciation on 13,000 By Interest on Govt. 12,000
furniture (W.N.1) Securities (W.N.8)
To Net profit 1,14,500 By Miscellaneous income 10,000
5,04,000 5,04,000
Balance Sheet of Mr. Preet as on 31st March, 2018
Amount Amount
Liabilities ` Assets `
Capital (W.N.6) 3,76,000 Furniture 1,27,000
Add: Additional capital 1,72,000 12% Government 2,00,000

(W.N.2) Securities
Accrued interest on
Govt.
Add: Profit during the 1,14,500 securities (W.N.8) 12,000
year
6,62,500 Debtors (W.N.3) 3,26,000
Less: Drawings (1,40,000) 5,22,500 Bills Receivable 35,000
(W.N.4)
Creditors 3,00,000 Stock 1,40,000
Outstanding expenses 36,000 Prepaid expenses 14,000
Cash on hand 3,000
Bank balance 1,500
8,58,500 8,58,500
Working Notes:
1. Furniture account
` `
To Balance b/d 1,20,000 By Depreciation (bal.fig.) 13,000
To Bank 20,000 By Balance c/d 1,27,000
1,40,000 1,40,000
2. Cash and Bank account
` `
To Balance b/d By Creditors 7,84,000
Cash 4,000 By Drawings 1,40,000
Bank 20,000 By Furniture 20,000
To Debtors 11,70,000 By 12% Govt. securities 2,00,000
To Bill Receivable 1,22,500 By Expenses 3,50,000
To Miscellaneous 10,000 By Balance c/d
income
To Additional Capital 1,72,000 Cash 3,000
(bal.fig.)
_______ Bank 1,500
14,98,500 14,98,500

3. Debtors account
` `
To Balance b/d 3,20,000 By Cash and Bank 11,70,000
To Creditors (Bills 8,000 By Discount 30,000
receivable
dishonoured)
To Sales (W.N.11) 13,98,000 By Bills Receivable 2,00,000
By Balance c/d (bal.fig.) 3,26,000
17,26,000 17,26,000
4. Bills Receivable account
` `
To Debtors 2,00,000 By Bank 1,22,500
By Discount 2,500
By Creditors 40,000
By Balance c/d (bal. fig.) 35,000
2,00,000 2,00,000
5. Creditors account
` `
To Bank 7,84,000 By Balance b/d 2,20,000
To Discount 16,000 By Debtors (Bills receivable 8,000
dishonoured)
To Bills receivable 40,000 By Purchases (bal. fig.) 9,12,000
To Balance c/d 3,00,000
11,40,000 11,40,000
6. Balance Sheet as on 1 st April, 2017
Liabilities ` Assets `
Creditors 2,20,000 Furniture 1,20,000
Outstanding expenses 40,000 Debtors 3,20,000
Capital (balancing figure) 3,76,000 Stock 1,60,000
Prepaid expenses 12,000
Cash 4,000
_______ Bank balance 20,000
6,36,000 6,36,000

7. Expenses incurred during the year

`
Expenses paid during the year 3,50,000
Add: Outstanding expenses as on 31.3.2018 36,000
Prepaid expenses as on 31.3.2017 12,000 48,000
3,98,000
Less: Outstanding expenses as on 31.3.2017 40,000
Prepaid expenses as on 31.3.2018 14,000 (54,000)
Expenses incurred during the year 3,44,000
8. Interest on Government securities
2,00,000 x 12% x 6/12= ` 12,000
Interest on Government securities receivables for 6 months = ` 12,000
9. Discount allowed
`
Discount to Debtors  11,70,000  30,000
 97.5%  2.5% 
 
Discount on Bills Receivable  1,22,500 
 98%  2%  2,500
 
32,500
10. Discount received
`
Discount to Creditors  7,84,000  16,000
 98%  2% 
 
11. Credit sales
Cost of Goods sold = Opening stock + Net purchases – Closing stock
= ` 1,60,000 + ` 9,12,000 – ` 1,40,000
= ` 9,32,000
Sale price = ` 9,32,000 + 50% of 9,32,000 = ` 13,98,000

14. Statement showing distribution of cash amongst the partners

B’s
Creditors A B C
loan
2018 ` ` ` ` `
Jun-30
Balance b/d 60,000 20,000 1,52,000 96,000 72,000
Cash balance less Provision for
expenses (` 21,600– ` 10,800) 10,800 - - - -
Balances unpaid 49,200 20,000 1,52,000 96,000 72,000
Jul-05
1st Instalment of ` 50,400 47,200 3,200 - - -
Discount received on full settlement 2,000 16,800 1,52,000 96,000 72,000
Less: Transferred to Realisation A/c 2,000
Aug-30
2nd instalment of ` 1,20,000 (W.N. 2) 16,800 65,280 9,280 28,640
Balance unpaid 86,720 86,720 43,360
Sep-15
Amount realised ` 1,60,000
Add: Balance out
of the Provision for
Expenses A/c 2,800
1,62,800 65,120 65,120 32,560
Amount unpaid being loss on

21,600 21,600 10,800
Realisation in the ratio of 2 : 2 : 1
Working Notes:
1. Highest relative capital basis
A B C
` ` `
1. Present Capitals 1,52,000 96,000 72,000
2. Profit-sharing ratio 2 2 1

3 Capital per unit of Profit share (1 ÷ 2) 76,000 48,000 72,000

4. Proportionate capitals taking B, whose 96,000 96,000 48,000
capital is the least, as the basis
5. Excess capital (1-4) 56,000 Nil 24,000
6. Profit-sharing ratio 2 - 1
7. Excess capital per unit of Profit share (5 ÷ 6) 28,000 24,000
8. Proportionate capitals as between A and C 48,000 - 24,000
taking C capital as the basis
9. Excess of A’s Capital over C’s Excess capital 8,000 - -
(5-8)
10. Balance of Excess capital (5-9) 48,000 24,000
11. Distribution sequence:
First ` 8,000 (2 : 0 : 0) 8,000 - -
Next ` 72,000 (2 : 0 : 1) 48,000 - 24,000
Over ` 80,000 (2 : 2 : 1)
2. Distribution of Second instalment
Creditors A B C
First ` 16,800 16,800 - - -
Next ` 8,000 (2 : 0 : 0) 8,000 - -
Next ` 72,000 (2 : 0 : 1) 48,000 - 24,000
Balance ` 23,200 (2 : 2 : 1) 9,280 9,280 4,640
1,20,000 16,800 65,280 9,280 28,640
15. (a) (1) Users of financial statements:
Investors, Employees, Lenders, Supplies/Creditors, Customers, Government &
Public
(2) Qualitative Characteristics of Financial Statements:
Understandability, Relevance, Comparability, Reliability & Faithful
Representation
(3) Elements of Financial Statements:
Asset, Liability, Equity, Income/Gain and Expense/Loss
(b) Fundamental Accounting Assumptions:
Accrual, Going Concern and Consistency

16. (a) Valuation of unfinished unit

`
Net selling price 750
Less: Estimated cost of completion (310)
440
Less: Brokerage (4% of 750) (30)
Net Realisable Value 410
Cost of inventory 530
Value of inventory (Lower of cost and net realisable value) 410
(b) As per the amendment in AS 4 “Contingencies and Events Occurring After the
Balance Sheet Date” vide Companies (Accounting Standards) Amendments Rules,
2016 dated 30th March, 2016, the events which take place after the balance sheet
date, are sometimes reflected in the financial statements because of statutory
requirements or because of their special nature.
However, dividends declared after the balance sheet date but before approval of
financial statements are not recognized as a liability at the balance sheet date
because no statutory obligation exists at that time. Hence such dividends are
disclosed in the notes to financial statements.
No, provision for proposed dividends is not required to be made. Such proposed
dividends are to be disclosed in the notes to financial statements. Accordingly, the
dividend of ` 4 crores recommended by New Graphics Ltd. in its Board meeting on
18th April, 2017 shall not be accounted for in the books for the year 2016-17
irrespective of the fact that it pertains to the year 2016-17 and will be paid after
approval in the Annual General Meeting of the members / shareholders.
17. (a) As per the provisions of AS 5 “Net Profit or Loss for the Period, Prior Period Items
and Changes in Accounting Policies”, prior period items are income or expenses,
which arise, in the current period as a result of error or omissions in the preparation
of financial statements of one or more prior periods. Further, the nature and amount
of prior period items should be separately disclosed in the statement of profit and loss
in a manner that their impact on current profit or loss can be perceived.
In the given instance, it is clearly a case of error in preparation of financial statements
for the year 2015-16. Hence, claim received in the financial year 2017-18 is a prior
period item and should be separately disclosed in the statement of Profit and Loss.
(b) According to AS 10 (Revised), these costs can be capitalised:
1. Cost of the plant ` 50,00,000
2. Initial delivery and handling costs ` 4,00,000
3. Cost of site preparation ` 12,00,000

4. Consultants’ fees `14,00,000

5. Estimated dismantling costs to be incurred after 7 years ` 6,00,000
` 86,00,000
Note: Interest charges paid on “Deferred credit terms” to the supplier of the plant (not
a qualifying asset) of ` 4,00,000 and operating losses before commercial production
amounting to ` 8,00,000 are not regarded as directly attributable costs and thus
cannot be capitalised. They should be written off to the Statement of Profit and Loss
in the period they are incurred.
18. (a) Forward Rate ` 49.15
Less: Spot Rate (` 48.85)
Premium on Contract ` 0.30
Contract Amount US$ 1,00,000
Total Loss (1,00,000 x 0.30) ` 30,000
Contract period 3 months
Two falling the year 2016-17; therefore loss to be recognised (30,000/3) x 2 =
` 20,000. Rest ` 10,000 will be recognised in the following year.
(b) As per AS-12, ‘Accounting for Government Grants’, “the amount refundable in respect
of a grant related to specific fixed asset should be recorded by reducing the deferred
income balance. To the extent the amount refundable exceeds any such deferred
credit, the amount should be charged to profit and loss statement.
In this case the grant refunded is ` 30 lakhs and balance in deferred income is ` 21
lakhs, ` 9 lakhs shall be charged to the profit and loss account for the year 2017-18.
There will be no effect on the cost of the fixed asset and depreciation charged will be
on the same basis as charged in the earlier years.
19. (a) As per AS 13 ‘Accounting for Investments’, where investments are reclassified from
current to long-term, transfers are made at the lower of cost or fair value at the date
of transfer.
In the given case, the market value of the investment (X Ltd. shares) is ` 2.50 lakhs,
which is lower than its cost i.e. ` 5 lakhs. Therefore, the transfer to long term
investments should be made at cost of ` 2.50 lakhs. The loss of ` 2.50 lakhs should
be charged to profit and loss account.
(b) According to AS 16 ‘Borrowing costs’, qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily
takes substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use. As per the standard,
borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or
production of a qualifying asset should be capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.
Other borrowing costs should be recognized as an expense in the period in which

they are incurred. Capitalization of borrowing costs is also not suspended when a
temporary delay is a necessary part of the process of getting an asset ready for its
intended use or sale.
The treatment of interest by Zen Bridge Construction Ltd. can be shown as:
Qualifying Interest to be Interest to be
Asset capitalized charged to
` in crores Profit & Loss
A/c ` in
crores
Construction of hill road* Yes 1.25 1.6/64 x 50
Purchase of equipment
and machineries No 0.15 1.6/64 x 6
Working capital No 0.10 1.6/64 x 4
Purchase of vehicles No 0.025 1.6/64 x 1
Advance for tools, cranes
etc. No 0.025 1.6/64 x 1
Purchase of technical
know-how No 0.05 1.6/64 x 2
Total 1.25 0.35
*Note: It is assumed that construction of hill road will normally take more than a year
(substantial period of time), hence considered as qualifying asset.
20. (a) As per AS 17 if primary format of an enterprise for reporting segment information is
business segments, it should also report segment revenue from external customers
by geographical area based on the geographical location of its customers, for each
geographical segment whose revenue from sales to external customers is 10 per cent
or more of enterprise revenue. Accordingly, for the purposes of disclosing secondary
segment information, PK Ltd. is not required to disclose segment revenue from export
sales to UK, since that segment does not meet the 10 per cent or more of enterprise
revenue threshold. However, other secondary segment information as per AS 17
should be disclosed in respect of this segment if the thresholds prescribed in the AS
17 are met.
(b) The Company should provide for deferred tax liability on the timing differences
irrespective for the fact that these timing differences will reverse in the period in which
the Company expects to be in loss both from the accounting as well as tax point of
view. It may, however, be added that the deferred tax liability recognized at the
balance sheet date will give rise to future taxable income at the time of reversal
thereof.

PAPER – 2: CORPORATE AND OTHER LAWS
PART – I: ANNOUNCEMENTS STATING APPLICABILITY

FOR MAY, 2019 EXAMINATIONS
Applicability for May, 2019 examinations
The Study Material (July 2017 edition) is updated for all amendments till 30 th April, 2017. Further,
all relevant amendments/ circulars/ notifications etc. in the Company law part for the period
1st May 2017 to 31st October, 2018 are mentioned below:
Relevant Legislative amendments from 1st of May 2017 to 31st October, 2018
The Companies Act, 2013/ Corporate Laws
Sl. Amendments Relevant Amendments Pg no.* Earlier Law
No. related to
I. Enforcement In the Companies (Acceptance of 5.4 -
of the Deposits) Rules, 2014, (The words have
Companies In rule 2, in sub-rule (1), in clause been newly
(Acceptance (c), in sub-clause (xviii), after the inserted in the
of Deposits) words “Domestic Venture Capital said sub-
Amendment Funds” the words “Infrastructure clause)
Rules, 2017 Investment Trusts” shall be (xviii) any
Vide inserted. amount received
Notification by a company
G.S.R. 454 (E) from Alternate
dated 11th Investment
May, 2017 in Funds, Domestic
exercise of Venture Capital
powers Funds and
conferred by Mutual Funds
section 73 and registered with
73 read with the Securities
469(1) and and Exchange
469(2). Board of India in
accordance with
regulations
made by it.
II. Exemptions to The Central Government amends 7.51 Such other place
Government the Notification G.S.R. 463(E), as the Central
Companies dated 5th June 2015, whereby Government may
Vide Exceptions, Modifications and approve in this
Notification Adaptations were provided in case behalf.
G.S.R. 582(E)

PAPER – 2: CORPORATE AND OTHER LAWS 45
Dated 13th of Government companies.

June, 2017 Following is the amendments:
In sub-section (2) of section 96, for
the words "such other place as the
Central Government may approve
in this behalf”, the words “such
other place within the city, town or
village in which the registered office
of the company is situate or such
other place as the Central
Government may approve in this
behalf” shall be substituted.”.
Insertion of Paragraph 2A in the principal notification G.S.R.
463(E), dated 5th June 2015:
The aforesaid exceptions, modifications and adaptations (i.e. as given
in Notification G.S.R. 463(E), dated 5th June 2015 and Notification
G.S.R. 582(E) Dated 13th June, 2017) shall be applicable to a
Government company which has not committed a default in filing of its
financial statements under section 137 of the Companies Act or annual
return under section 92 of the said Act with the Registrar.
III. Exemptions to The Central Government amends
Private the Notification G.S.R. 464(E),
Companies dated 5th June 2015 whereby
Vide Exceptions, Modifications and
Notification Adaptations were provided in case
G.S.R. 583(E) of Private companies. Following
Dated 13TH are the amendments:
June, 2017
(1) In Chapter I, Clause (40) of 1.9 Provided that
section 2. the financial
For the proviso, the following shall statement, with
be substituted, namely:- respect to One
Provided that the financial Person
statement, with respect to one Company, small
person company, small company, company and
dormant company and private dormant
company (if such private company company, may
is a start-up) may not include the not include the
cash flow statement; cash flow
statement
Explanation. - For the purposes of
this Act, the term “start-up‟ or

“start-up company” means a private

company incorporated under the
Companies Act, 2013 or the
Companies Act, 1956 and
recognised as start-up in
accordance with the notification
issued by the Department of
Industrial Policy and Promotion,
Ministry of Commerce and Industry.
(2) In Chapter V, clauses (a) to (e) 5.6 Clause (a) to (e)
of sub-section (2) of section 73, of Section 73
shall not apply to a private provides
company- conditions for
(A) which accepts from its acceptance of
members monies not exceeding deposits from
one hundred per cent. of aggregate members.
of the paid up share capital, free Notification
reserves and securities premium dated 5th June,
account; or 2015, provided
(B) which is a start-up, for five that Clause (a)
years from the date of its to (e) of Sub-
incorporation; or section 2 of
(C) which fulfils all of the following Section 73 shall
conditions, namely:- not apply to
private
(a) which is not an associate or a
Companies
subsidiary company of any other
which accepts
company;
from its
(b) if the borrowings of such a members
company from banks or financial monies not
institutions or any body corporate is exceeding one
less than twice of its paid up share hundred per
capital or fifty crore rupees, cent, of
whichever is lower; and aggregate of the
(c) such a company has not paid up share
defaulted in the repayment of such capital and free
borrowings subsisting at the time of reserves, and
accepting deposits under this such company
section: shall file the
Provided that the company referred details of monies
to in clauses (A), (B) or (C) shall file so accepted to
the details of monies accepted to the Registrar in
such manner as

the Registrar in such manner as may be

may be specified. specified.
(3) In Chapter VII, clause (g) of 7.11 clause (g) of
sub-section (1) of section 92, shall sub-section (1)
apply to private companies which of section 92 is
are small companies, namely:- read as
“(g) aggregate amount of “remuneration of
remuneration drawn by directors;” directors and
key managerial
personnel”
(4) In Chapter VII, proviso to sub- 7.12 (4) However, in
section (1) of section 92, relation to One
For the proviso, the following Person
proviso shall be substituted, Company and
namely:- small company,
“Provided that in relation to One the annual
Person Company, small company return shall be
and private company (if such signed by the
private company is a start-up), the company
annual return shall be signed by the secretary, or
company secretary, or where there where there is
is no company secretary, by the no company
director of the company.”. secretary, by the
director of the
company.
(5) Section 143(3)(i), shall not 10.24 (5) Section
apply to a private company:- 143(3)(i)
(i) which is a one person provides-
company or a small company; or whether the
(ii) which has turnover less than company has
rupees fifty crores as per latest adequate
audited financial statement or# internal financial
which has aggregate borrowings controls system
from banks or financial institutions in place and the
or anybody corporate at any point operating
of time during the financial year effectiveness of
less than rupees twenty five crore." such controls;
Insertion of Paragraph 2A in the principal notification G.S.R.
464(E), dated 5th June 2015:
The aforesaid exceptions, modifications and adaptations shall be
applicable to a Private company which has not committed a default in

filing of its financial statements under section 137 or annual return

under section 92 of the said Act with the Registrar.
#IV Corrigendum Ministry of Corporate Affairs vide Refer point In Section
vide corrigendum stated that for the 3 above 143(3)(i)(ii)
Notification words “statement or” to read as there were the
S.O. 2218(E) “statement and” under section words
dated 13th July 143(3)(i). “statement or”
2017 with which has been
respect to the replaced with
Notification the word
G.S.R. 583(E) “statement and”
Dated 13TH through this
June, 2017 notification.
V Enforcement The Central Government hereby 10.6 Earlier Rule 5(b)
of the amends the Companies (Audit and stated that -all
Companies Auditors) Rules, 2014. private limited
(Audit and companies
Auditors) Through this amendment rule, in having paid up
Second Rule 5(b), for the word “twenty”, the share capital of
Amendment word “fifty” shall be substituted. rupees 20 crore
Rules, 2017 or more;
Vide
Notification
G.S.R. 621(E)
dated 22nd
June 2017 in
exercise of
powers
conferred by
section 139.
VI Clarification Notification No. G.S.R. 583(E) - For the purposes
regarding dated 13th June, 2017 stated that of clause (i) of
applicability of requirements of reporting under sub-section (3)
exemption section 143(3)(i) read Rule 10 A of of section 143,
given to the Companies (Audit and for the financial
certain private Auditors) Rules, 2014 of the years
companies Companies Act 2013 shall not commencing on
under section apply to certain private companies. or after 1st April,
143(3)(i) vide Through issue of this circular, it is 2015, the report
circular no. hereby clarified that the exemption of the auditor
08/2017 dated shall be applicable for those audit shall state about
25th July 2017 reports in respect of financial existence of

statements pertaining to financial adequate internal

year, commencing on or after 1st financial controls
April, 2016, which are made on or system and its
after the date of the said operating
notification. effectiveness:
Provided that
auditor of a
company may
voluntarily
include the
statement
referred to in this
rule for the
financial year
commencing on
or after 1st April,
2014 and ending
on or before 31st
March, 2015.
VII Clarification Notification No. G.S.R. 583(E) - For the purposes
regarding dated 13th June, 2017 stated that of clause (i) of
applicability of requirements of reporting under sub-section (3)
exemption section 143(3)(i) read Rule 10 A of of section 143,
given to the Companies(Audit and Auditors) for the financial
certain private Rules, 2014 of the Companies Act years
companies 2013 shall not apply to certain commencing on
under section private companies. Through issue or after 1st April,
143(3)(i) vide of this circular, it is hereby clarified 2015, the report
circular no. that the exemption shall be of the auditor
08/2017 dated applicable for those audit reports in shall state about
25th July 2017 respect of financial statements existence of
pertaining to financial year, adequate internal
commencing on or after 1st April, financial controls
2016, which are made on or after system and its
the date of the said notification. operating
effectiveness:
Provided that
auditor of a
company may
voluntarily
include the

statement
referred to in this
rule for the
financial year
commencing on
or after 1st April,
2014 and ending
on or before 31st
March, 2015.
VIII Enforcement In the Companies (Acceptance of 5.8 Provided that a
of the Deposits) Rules, 2014, in rule 3, in private company
Companies sub-rule (3), for the proviso, the may accept from
(Acceptance following shall be substituted, its members
of Deposits) namely:- monies not
Second “Provided that a Specified IFSC exceeding one
Amendment Public company and a private hundred per cent
Rules, 2017 company may accept from its of aggregate of
Vide members monies not exceeding the paid up
Notification one hundred per cent. of aggregate share capital,
G.S.R. of the paid up share capital, free free reserves
1172(E) dated reserves and securities premium and securities
19th account and such company shall premium
September, file the details of monies so account and
2017 in accepted to the Registrar in Form such company
exercise of DPT -3. shall file the
powers Explanation.—For the purpose of details of monies
conferred by this rule, a Specified IFSC Public so accepted to
section 73 and company means an unlisted public the Registrar in
73 read with company which is licensed to such manner as
469(1) and operate by the Reserve Bank of may be
469(2). India or the Securities and specified.
Exchange Board of India or the
Insurance Regulatory and
Development Authority of India
from the International Financial
Services Centre located in an
approved multi services Special
Economic Zone set-up under the
Special Economic Zones Act, 2005
read with the Special Economic
Zones Rules, 2006:

Provided further that the maximum

limit in respect of deposits to be
accepted from members shall not
apply to following classes of private
companies, namely:—
(i) a private company which is a
start-up, for five years from the date
of its incorporation;
(ii) a private company which fulfils
all of the following conditions,
namely:—
(a) which is not an associate or a
subsidiary company of any other
company;
(b) the borrowings of such a
company from banks or financial
institutions or any body corporate is
less than twice of its paid up share
capital or fifty crore rupees,
whichever is less; and
(c) such a company has not defaulted
in the repayment of such borrowings
subsisting at the time of accepting
deposits under section 73:
Provided also that all the
companies accepting deposits shall
file the details of monies so
accepted to the Registrar in Form
DPT -3.”.
IX Vide The Central Government hereby 1.20 -
notification appoints the 20th September, 2017 (The proviso is
S.O. 3086(E) as the date on which proviso to newly notified)
dated 20th clause (87) of section 2 of the said
September Act shall come into force.
2017
The proviso to section 2(87) shall
be read as, “Provided that such
class or classes of holding
companies as may be prescribed
shall not have layers of subsidiaries
beyond such numbers as may be
prescribed.”

X Companies Following sections of the Companies

(Amendment) Act, 2013 (hereinafter referred to as
Act, 2017 the principal Act) have been
amended by the Companies
(Amendment) Act, 2017 via
Notification S.O. 351 (E) dated 26 th
January, 2018; Notification S. O. 630
(E) dated 9th February; 2018,
Notifications: S.O. 1833 (E) dated
7th May, 2018; S.O. 2422(E) dated
13th June, 2018; SO. 3299(E) dated
5th July, 2018; S.O. 3300(E) dated 5th
July, 2018; S.O. 3684(E) dated 27 th
July, 2018; S.O. 3838(E) dated 31 st
July, 2018; S.O. 3921(E) dated 7 th
August, 2018 and S.O. 4907(E)
dated 19th September, 2018.
1. In section 2 of the Companies
Act, 2013 (hereinafter referred to
as the principal Act)-
(i) in clause (6), for the 1.4 Explanation.—
Explanation, the following For the
Explanation shall be substituted, purposes of
namely:— this clause,
“significant
'Explanation.—For the purpose of influence”
this clause,— means control
of at least
(a) the expression "significant twenty per cent
influence" means control of at least of total share
twenty per cent. of total voting capital, or of
power, or control of or participation business
in business decisions under an decisions
agreement; under an
agreement
(b) the expression "joint venture"
means a joint arrangement
whereby the parties that have joint
control of the arrangement have
rights to the net assets of the
arrangement;
Enforcement Date: 7 th May, 2018

(i) for clause (28), the following 1.7 Cost

clause shall be substituted, accountant
namely:— means a cost
'(28) "Cost Accountant" means a accountant as
cost accountant as defined in defined in
clause (b) of sub-section (1) of clause (b) of
section 2 of the Cost and Works sub-section (1)
Accountants Act, 1959 and who of section 2 of
holds a valid certificate of practice the Cost and
under sub-section (1) of section 6 Works
of that Act; Accountants
Act, 1959.
(ii) in clause (30), the following 1.8 –
proviso shall be inserted, namely: (The proviso is
"Provided that- newly inserted)
(a) the instruments referred to in
Chapter III-D of the Reserve Bank
of India Act, 1934; and
(b) such other instrument, as
may be prescribed by the Central
Government in consultation with
the Reserve Bank of India, issued
by a company,
shall not be treated as debenture;";
(iii) in clause (41), in the first 1.9 -
proviso, after the word "subsidiary", (The words are
the words "or associate company" newly inserted)
shall be inserted; which is a
holding
company or a
subsidiary of a
company
incorporated
outside India
(iv) in clause (46), the following 1.11 -
Explanation shall be inserted, (The
namely:- Explanation is
'Explanation.—For the purposes of newly inserted)
this clause, the expression
"company" includes any body
corporate;';

(v) clause (49) shall be omitted 1.11 (49) Interested

director means
a director who
is in any way,
whether by
himself or
through any of
his relatives or
firm, body
corporate or
other
association of
individuals in
which he or any
of his relatives
is a partner,
director or a
member,
interested in a
contract or
arrangement,
or proposed
contract or
arrangement,
entered into or
to be entered
into by or on
behalf of a
company;
This definition
is relevant for
section 174
relating to
quorum for
meetings of the
Board of
Directors, for
section 184
relating to
disclosure of
interest by
directors and
also for section

188 relating to
related party
transactions of
the Companies
Act, 2013.
(vi) in clause (51),- 1.11 (iii) the whole-
time director;
(a) in sub-clause (iv), the word (iv) the Chief
"and" shall be omitted; Financial
(b) for sub-clause (v), the following Officer; and
sub-clauses shall be substituted, (v) such other
namely:- officer as may
"(v) such other officer, not more be prescribed;
than one level below the directors
who is in whole-time employment,
designated as key managerial
personnel by the Board; and
(vi) such other officer as may be
prescribed;"
(vii) in clause (57), for the words 1.12 ……the
"and securities premium account", aggregate value
the words ", securities premium of the paid-up
account and debit or credit balance share capital
of profit and loss account," shall be and all reserves
substituted created out of
the profits and
securities
premium
account, after
deducting the
aggregate…..
(viii) in clause (71), in sub-clause 1.15 –
(a), after the word "company;", the (The word is
word "and" shall be inserted; newly inserted)
(ix) in clause (72), in the proviso, 1.16 -
in clause (A), after the words “State (The words are
Act”, the words “other than this Act newly inserted)
or the previous company law” shall
be inserted;

(x) in clause (76), for sub-clause 1.17 (viii) any

(viii), the following sub-clause shall company which
be substituted, namely:— is—
(A) a holding,
"(viii) any body corporate which subsidiary or
is— (A) a holding, subsidiary or an associate
an associate company of such company of
company; such company;
(B) a subsidiary of a holding or
company to which it is also a (B) a subsidiary
subsidiary; or of a holding
(C) an investing company or the company to
venturer of the company;"; which it is also
a subsidiary;
Explanation.—For the purpose of
this clause, “the investing company
or the venturer of a company”
means a body corporate whose
investment in the company would
result in the company becoming an
associate company of the body
corporate.
(xi) in clause (85)- 1.20 For (a)
(a) in sub-clause (i), for the words paid-up share
"five crore rupees", the words "ten capital of which
crore rupees" shall be substituted; does not exceed
fifty lakh rupees
or such
higher amount
as may be
prescribed
which shall not
be more than
five crore
rupees; or
(b) in sub-clause (ii),- For (b)
(A) for the words "as per its last turnover of
profit and loss account", the words which as per its
"as per profit and loss account for last profit and
the immediately preceding financial loss account
year" shall be substituted; does not exceed
two crore rupees

(B) for the words "twenty crore or such higher

rupees", the words "one hundred amount as may
crore rupees" shall be substituted; be prescribed
which shall not
be more than
twenty crore
rupees:
(ii) in clause (87), in sub-clause 1.20 (ii) exercises
(ii), for the words “total share or controls more
capital”, the words “total voting than one-half of
power” shall be substituted; the total share
capital either at
Enforcement Date: 7 th May, 2018 its own or
together with
one or more of
its subsidiary
companies:
(xii) for clause (91), the following 1.21 (91) Turnover

clause shall be substituted, means the
namely:- aggregate
'(91) "turnover" means the gross value of the
amount of revenue recognised in realisation of
the profit and loss account from the amount made
sale, supply, or distribution of from the sale,
goods or on account of services supply or
rendered, or both, by a company distribution of
during a financial year;'. goods or on
account of
services
rendered, or
both, by the
company
during a
financial year;
Note: There is
in ambiguity in
definition. So,
there is a need
for amendment
in this

definition.
Further, the
change in
definition is
pending in the
Companies
(Amendment)
Bill, 2016.
2. After section 3 of the principal 2.4 -
Act, the following section shall be (The section is
inserted, namely:- newly inserted)
"3A. If at any time the number of
members of a company is reduced,
in the case of a public company,
below seven, in the case of a
private company, below two, and
the company carries on business
for more than six months while the
number of members is so reduced,
every person who is a member of
the company during the time that it
so carries on business after those
six months and is cognisant of the
fact that it is carrying on business
with less than seven members or
two members, as the case may be,
shall be severally liable for the
payment of the whole debts of the
company contracted during that
time, and may be severally sued
therefor.".
Enforcement Date: 9 th February,
2018
3. In section 4 of the principal Act, 2.11 Upon receipt
in sub-section (5), for clause (i), the of an
following shall be substituted, application, the
namely:- Registrar may,
"(i) Upon receipt of an application on the basis of
under sub-section (4), the Registrar information
may, on the basis of information and documents
and documents furnished along furnished along
with the application, reserve the with the

name for a period of twenty days application,

from the date of approval or such reserve the
other period as may be prescribed: name for a
Provided that in case of an period of sixty
application for reservation of name days from the
or for change of its name by an date of the
existing company, the Registrar application.
may reserve the name for a period
of sixty days from the date of
approval."
Enforcement Date: 26 th January,
2018
4. In section 7 of the principal Act, 2.18 an affidavit
in sub-section (1), in item (c), for from each of the
the words "an affidavit", the words subscribers to
"a declaration" shall be substituted. the
memorandum
Enforcement Date: 27 th July, and from
2018 persons named
as the first
directors, if any,
in the articles
stating that
5. In section 12 of the principal 2.22 (1) Registered
Act,— office: From the
(i) in sub-section (1), for the words 15th day of its
"on and from the fifteenth day of its incorporation
incorporation", the words "within and at all times
thirty days of its incorporation" shall thereafter a
be substituted; company shall
…..be
Enforcement Date: 27 th July, addressed to it.
2018
5. In section 12 of the principal 2.23 (6) Notice of
Act,— change to
(ii) in sub-section (4), for the registrar: Notice
words "within fifteen days", the of every change
words "within thirty days" shall be …….. Registrar
substituted. within 15 days
Enforcement Date: 27 th July, of the change,
2018

who shall record

the same.
6. In section 21 of the principal Act, 2.35 (ii) an officer
for the words "an officer of the of the company
company", the words "an officer or duly authorised
employee of the company" shall be by the Board in
substituted this behalf.
2018
7. In section 26 of the principal Act, 3.7 -
in sub-section (1),— (The words have
(i) after the words "signed and been newly
shall", the following shall be inserted)
inserted, namely:—
"state such information and set out
such reports on financial
information as may be specified by
the Securities and Exchange Board
in consultation with the Central
Government:
Provided that until the Securities
and Exchange Board specifies the
information and reports on financial
information under this sub-section,
the regulations made by the
Securities and Exchange Board
under the Securities and Exchange
Board of India Act, 1992, in respect
of such financial information or
reports on financial information
shall apply.";

7. In section 26 of the principal Act, 3.7, 3.8, (a) Firstly,
in sub-section (1),- 3.9 under the
general
(ii) clauses (a), (b) and (d) shall be information,
omitted. the prospectus
shall contained
the following

Enforcement Date: 7th May, information,

2018 namely —
(i) names and
addresses of
the
………. of
promoter‘s
contribution;
(b) Secondly,
under the
Financial
informations,
……. applied
directly or
indirectly;
(d) state such
other matters
and set out
such other
reports, as may
be prescribed.
8. In section 35 of the principal Act, 3.22 -
in sub-section (2), after clause (b), (The clause is
the following clause shall be newly inserted)
inserted, namely:- To be inserted in
"(c) that, as regards every Point (2) after
misleading statement purported to point (b)
be made by an expert or contained
in what purports to be a copy of or
an extract from a report or valuation
of an expert, it was a correct and
fair representation of the
statement, or a correct copy of, or
a correct and fair extract from, the
report or valuation; and he had
reasonable ground to believe and
did up to the time of the issue of the
prospectus believe, that the person
making the statement was
competent to make it and that the

said person had given the consent

required by sub-section (5) of
section 26 to the issue of the
prospectus and had not withdrawn
that consent before delivery of a
copy of the prospectus for
registration or, to the defendant's
knowledge, before allotment
thereunder.".
2018
9. For section 42 of the principal 3.28 to The content
Act, the following section shall be 3.32 related to
substituted, namely:— section 42 is to
'42. (1) A company may, subject to be deleted
the provisions of this section, make
a private placement of securities.
(2) A private placement shall be
made only to a select group of
persons who have been identified
by the Board (herein referred to as
"identified persons"), whose
number shall not exceed fifty or
such higher number as may be
prescribed [excluding the qualified
institutional buyers and employees
of the company being offered
securities under a scheme of
employees stock option in terms of
provisions of clause (b) of sub-
section (1) of section 62], in a
financial year subject to such
conditions as may be prescribed.
(3) A company making private
placement shall issue private
placement offer and application in
such form and manner as may be
prescribed to identified persons,
whose names and addresses are
recorded by the company in such
manner as may be prescribed:

Provided that the private placement

offer and application shall not carry
any right of renunciation.
Explanation I.—"private
placement" means any offer or
invitation to subscribe or issue of
securities to a select group of
persons by a company (other than
by way of public offer) through
private placement offer-cum-
application, which satisfies the
conditions specified in this section.
Explanation II.—"qualified
institutional buyer" means the
qualified institutional buyer as
defined in the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (Issue of
Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2009,
as amended from time to time,
made under the Securities and
Exchange Board of India Act, 1992.
Explanation III.—If a company,
listed or unlisted, makes an offer to
allot or invites subscription, or
allots, or enters into an agreement
to allot, securities to more than the
prescribed number of persons,
whether the payment for the
securities has been received or not
or whether the company intends to
list its securities or not on any
recognised stock exchange in or
outside India, the same shall be
deemed to be an offer to the public
and shall accordingly be governed
by the provisions of Part I of this
Chapter.
(4) Every identified person willing to
subscribe to the private placement
issue shall apply in the private
placement and application issued
to such person alongwith

subscription money paid either by

cheque or demand draft or other
banking channel and not by cash:
Provided that a company shall not
utilise monies raised through
private placement unless allotment
is made and the return of allotment
is filed with the Registrar in
accordance with sub-section (8).
(5) No fresh offer or invitation under
this section shall be made unless
the allotments with respect to any
offer or invitation made earlier have
been completed or that offer or
invitation has been withdrawn or
abandoned by the company:
Provided that, subject to the
maximum number of identified
persons under sub-section (2), a
company may, at any time, make
more than one issue of securities to
such class of identified persons as
may be prescribed.
(6) A company making an offer or
invitation under this section shall
allot its securities within sixty days
from the date of receipt of the
application money for such
securities and if the company is not
able to allot the securities within
that period, it shall repay the
application money to the
subscribers within fifteen days from
the expiry of sixty days and if the
company fails to repay the
application money within the
aforesaid period, it shall be liable to
repay that money with interest at
the rate of twelve per cent. per
annum from the expiry of the
sixtieth day:
Provided that monies received on
application under this section shall

be kept in a separate bank account

in a scheduled bank and shall not
be utilised for any purpose other
than—
(a) for adjustment against
allotment of securities; or
(b) for the repayment of monies
where the company is unable to
allot
securities.
(7) No company issuing securities
under this section shall release any
public advertisements or utilise any
media, marketing or distribution
channels or agents to inform the
public at large about such an issue.
(8) A company making any
allotment of securities under this
section, shall file with the Registrar
a return of allotment within fifteen
days from the date of the allotment
in such manner as may be
prescribed, including a complete
list of all allottees, with their full
names, addresses, number of
securities allotted and such other
relevant information as may be
prescribed.
(9) If a company defaults in filing
the return of allotment within the
period prescribed under sub-
section (8), the company, its
promoters and directors shall be
liable to a penalty for each default
of one thousand rupees for each
day during which such default
continues but not exceeding
twenty-five lakh rupees.
(10) Subject to sub-section (11), if
a company makes an offer or
accepts monies in contravention of
this section, the company, its

promoters and directors shall be

liable for a penalty which may
extend to the amount raised
through the private placement or
two crore rupees, whichever is
lower, and the company shall also
refund all monies with interest as
specified in sub-section (6) to
subscribers within a period of thirty
days of the order imposing the
penalty.
(11) Notwithstanding anything
contained in sub-section (9) and
sub-section (10), any private
placement issue not made in
compliance of the provisions of
sub-section (2) shall be deemed to
be a public offer and all the
provisions of this Act and the
Securities Contracts (Regulation)
Act, 1956 and the Securities and
Exchange Board of India Act, 1992
shall be applicable.’.
Enforcement Date: 7 th August,
2018
10. In section 47, in sub-section 4.6 In Point (i), the
(1), for the words, figures and following may be
brackets "provisions of section 43 added,
and sub-section (2) of section 50", “Subject to
the words, figures and brackets the provisions of
"provisions of section 43, sub- section 43, sub-
section (2) of section 50 and sub- section (2) of
section (1) of section 188" shall be section 50 and
substituted. sub-section (1)
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, of section 188,”
2018
11. In section 53 of the principal 4.10 For (i)
Act,- Any share
(i) in sub-section (2), for the words issued by a
"discounted price", the word company at a
"discount" shall be substituted; discounted

Enforcement Date: 9 th February, price shall be

2018 void.
11. In section 53 of the principal 4.10 For (ii): -
Act,- (The sub-
(ii) after sub-section (2), the section is newly
following sub-section shall be inserted)
inserted, namely:-
"(2A) Notwithstanding anything
contained in sub-sections (1) and
(2), a company may issue shares at
a discount to its creditors when its
debt is converted into shares in
pursuance of any statutory
resolution plan or debt restructuring
scheme in accordance with any
guidelines or directions or
regulations specified by the
Reserve Bank of India under the
Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 or
the Banking (Regulation) Act,
1949.".
2018
12. In section 54, in sub-section 4.11 (c) not less
(1), clause (c) shall be omitted. than one year
has, at the date
Enforcement Date: 7 th May, 2018 of such issue,
elapsed since
the date on
which the
company had
commenced
business; and
Act,- (c) to any
(i) in sub-section (1), in clause (c), persons, if it is
for the words "of a registered valuer authorised by a
subject to such conditions as may special
be prescribed", the words and resolution, ….. is
figures "of a registered valuer, determined by
subject to the compliance with the the valuation
applicable provisions of Chapter III report of a

and any other conditions as may be registered

prescribed" shall be substituted; valuer subject to
such conditions
Enforcement Date: 9th February, as prescribed
2018 ………
13. In section 62 of the principal 4.22 For (ii)
Act,- The notice of
offer of shares
(ii) for sub-section (2), the following shall be
sub-section shall be substituted, despatched
namely:- through
"(2) The notice referred to in sub- registered post
clause (i) of clause (a) of sub- or speed post
section (1) shall be dispatched or through
through registered post or speed electronic
post or through electronic mode or mode to all the
courier or any other mode having existing
proof of delivery to all the existing shareholders at
shareholders at least three days least three days
before the opening of the issue.". before the
opening of the
issue.
2018
14. In section 73 of the principal 5.6 (c) depositing
Act, in sub-section (2),— such sum
(i) for clause (c), the following which shall not
clause shall be substituted, be less than
namely:— fifteen per
"(c) depositing, on or before the cent. of the
thirtieth day of April each year, amount of its
such sum which shall not be less deposits
than twenty per cent. of the amount maturing
of its deposits maturing during the during a
following financial year and kept in financial year
a scheduled bank in a separate and the
bank account to be called deposit financial year
repayment reserve account;"; next following,
and kept in a
Enforcement Date: 15 th August, scheduled
2018 bank in a
separate bank

account to be
called as
deposit
repayment
reserve account
14. In section 73 of the principal 5.6 (d) providing
Act, in sub-section (2),— such deposit
(ii) clause (d) shall be omitted; insurance in
such manner
Enforcement Date: 15 th August, and to such
2018 extent as may
be prescribed
14. In section 73 of the principal 5.6 (e) certifying that
Act, in sub-section (2),— the ………. Act or
(iii) in clause (e), for the words payment of
"such deposits;", the following shall interest on such
be substituted, namely:— deposits
"such deposits and where a default
had occurred, the company made
good the default and a period of five
years had lapsed since the date of
making good the default;".
Enforcement Date: 15th August,
2018
15. In section 74, in sub-section 5.13 repay within
(1), for clause (b), the following one year from
clause shall be substituted, such
namely:— commencemen
"(b) repay within three years from t or from the
such commencement or on or date on which
before expiry of the period for such payments
which the deposits were accepted, are due,
whichever is earlier: whichever is
Provided that renewal of any such earlier
deposits shall be done in
accordance with the provisions of
Chapter V and the rules made
thereunder.".
Enforcement Date: 15th August,
2018

16. In section 76A of the principal (a) 5.14 For (a)

Act,- the company
(a) in clause (a), for the words, “one …..shall not be
crore rupees”, the words “one crore less than one
rupees or twice the amount of crore rupees
deposit accepted by the company, but which may
whichever is lower” shall be extend to ten
substituted; crore rupees;
and
2018
16. In section 76A of the principal For (b)
Act,- 5.15 every officer
…….with
(b) in clause (b),- imprisonment
(i) for the words "seven years or which may
with fine", the words "seven years extend to seven
and with fine" shall be substituted; years or with
fine which shall
(ii) the words "or with both" shall
not be less than
be omitted
twenty-five lakh
rupees but which
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, may extend to
2018 two crore
rupees, or with
both
17. In section 77 of the principal 6.3 -
Act, in sub-section (1), after the (The proviso is
third proviso, the following proviso newly inserted)
shall be inserted, namely:—
"Provided also that this section
shall not apply to such charges as
may be prescribed in consultation
with the Reserve Bank of India.".

18. In section 78 of the principal 6.4 As per section
Act, for the words and figures 78 ……. to
"register the charge within the register the
period specified in section 77", the charge within
words, brackets and figures the period 30

"register the charge within the days, the person

period of thirty days referred to in in whose favour
sub-section (1) of section 77" shall the charge is
be substituted. created may
apply
Enforcement Date: 7th May, 2018
19. In section 82 of the principal 6.7 According to
Act, in sub-section (1),— section 82 of the
(i) the words, brackets and figures Companies Act,
"and the provisions of sub-section 2013, …… from
(1) of section 77 shall, as far as the date of such
may be, apply to an intimation payment or
given under this section" shall be satisfaction and
omitted; the provisions
of section 77(1)
shall, as far as
Enforcement Date: 5th July, 2018
may be, apply
to an intimation
given under
this section.
Act, in sub-section (1),— (The proviso is
(ii) the following proviso shall be newly inserted)
"Provided that the Registrar may,
on an application by the company
or the charge holder, allow such
intimation of payment or
satisfaction to be made within a
period of three hundred days of
such payment or satisfaction on
payment of such additional fees as
may be prescribed.".
Enforcement Date: 5 th July, 2018

20. In section 89 of the principal 7.9 For (i), the said

Act,— words are
(i) in sub-section (6), the words omitted.
and figures, "within the time (however, the
specified under section 403" shall study material
be omitted; does not contain
reference of
section 403)
20. In section 89 of the principal 7.9 the said words

Act,— have been
substituted
(ii) in sub-section (7), for the (however, the
words and figures, "under the first study material
proviso to sub-section (1) of section does not contain
403", the word "therein", shall be reference of
substituted; section 403)

20. In section 89 of the principal 7.9 The sub- section
Act,— is newly
inserted.
(iii) after sub-section (9), the
following sub-section shall be
"(10) For the purposes of this
section and section 90, beneficial
interest in a share includes, directly
or indirectly, through any contract,
arrangement or otherwise, the right
or entitlement of a person alone or
together with any other
person to—
(i) exercise or cause to be
exercised any or all of the rights
attached to such share; or
(ii) receive or participate in any
dividend or other distribution in
respect of such share.".
Enforcement Date: 13 th June,
2018

21. For section 90 of the principal 7.10 INVESTIGATION

Act, the following section shall be OF BENEFICIAL
substituted, namely:— OWNERSHIP OF
SHARES IN
‘REGISTER OF SIGNIFICANT CERTAIN CASES
BENEFICIAL OWNERS IN A The section
COMPANY simply enables
(1) Every individual, who acting the Central
alone or together, or through one or …….
more persons or trust, including a investigation
trust and persons resident outside ordered under
India, holds beneficial interests, of that section.
not less than twenty-five per cent.
or such other percentage as may
be prescribed, in shares of a
company or the right to exercise, or
the actual exercising of significant
influence or control as defined in
clause (27) of section 2, over the
company (herein referred to as
"significant beneficial owner"), shall
make a declaration to the company,
specifying the nature of his interest
and other particulars, in such
manner and within such period of
acquisition of the beneficial interest
or rights and any change thereof,
as may be prescribed:
Provided that the Central
Government may prescribe a class
or classes of persons who shall not
be required to make declaration
under this sub-section.
(2) Every company shall maintain a
register of the interest declared by
individuals under sub-section (1)
and changes therein which shall
include the name of individual, his
date of birth, address, details of
ownership in the company and
such other details as may be
prescribed.

(3) The register maintained under

sub-section (2) shall be open to
inspection by any member of the
company on payment of such fees
as may be prescribed.
(4) Every company shall file a
return of significant beneficial
owners of the company and
changes therein with the Registrar
containing names, addresses and
other details as may be prescribed
within such time, in such form and
manner as may be prescribed.
(5) A company shall give notice, in
the prescribed manner, to any
person (whether or not a member
of the company) whom the
company knows or has reasonable
cause to believe—
(a) to be a significant beneficial
owner of the company;
(b) to be having knowledge of the
identity of a significant beneficial
owner or another person likely to
have such knowledge; or
(c) to have been a significant
beneficial owner of the company at
any time during the three years
immediately preceding the date on
which the notice is issued,
and who is not registered as a
significant beneficial owner with the
company as required under this
section.
(6) The information required by the
notice under sub-section (5) shall
be given by the concerned person
within a period not exceeding thirty
days of the date of the notice.
(7) The company shall,—
(a) where that person fails to
give the company the information

required by the notice within the

time specified therein; or
(b) where the information given
is not satisfactory,
apply to the Tribunal within a period
of fifteen days of the expiry of the
period specified in the notice, for an
order directing that the shares in
question be subject to restrictions
with regard to transfer of interest,
suspension of all rights attached to
the shares and such other matters
(8) On any application made under
sub-section (7), the Tribunal may,
after giving an opportunity of being
heard to the parties concerned,
make such order restricting the
rights attached with the shares
within a period of sixty days of
receipt of application or such other
period as may be prescribed.
(9) T he company or the person
aggrieved by the order of the
Tribunal may make an application
to the Tribunal for relaxation or
lifting of the restrictions placed
under sub-section (8).
(10) If any person fails to make a
declaration as required under sub-
section (1), he shall be punishable
with fine which shall not be less
than one lakh rupees but which
may extend to ten lakh rupees and
where the failure is a continuing
one, with a further fine which may
extend to one thousand rupees for
every day after the first during
which the failure continues.
(11) If a company, required to
maintain register under sub-section
(2) and file the information under

sub-section (4), fails to do so or

denies inspection as provided
therein, the company and every
officer of the company who is in
default shall be punishable with fine
which shall not be less than ten
lakh rupees but which may extend
to fifty lakh rupees and where the
failure is a continuing one, with a
further fine which may extend to
one thousand rupees for every day
after the first during which the
failure continues.
(12) If any person wilfully furnishes
any false or incorrect information or
suppresses any material
information of which he is aware in
the declaration made under this
section, he shall be liable to action
under section 447.'.

2018
22. In section 92 of the principal 7.12 A copy of annual
Act,— return shall be
file with the RoC
(i) in sub-section (4), the words within 60 days
and figures, "within the time as …… holding the
specified, under section 403" shall AGM within the
be omitted; time specified
under section
403
Act,— have been
substituted
(ii) in sub-section (5), for the (however, the
words and figures, "under section study material
403 with additional fees" the word does not contain
"therein" shall be substituted. reference of
Enforcement Date: 7 th May, 2018 section 403)

23. Section 93 of the principal Act 7.13 SECTION 93 –

shall be omitted. RETURN …..
company in
Enforcement Date: 13 th June, each case
2018
24. In section 94 of the principal 7.14 the change has
Act,— to be made in
(i) in sub-section (1), in the first the diagram
proviso, the words "and the given on page
Registrar has been given a copy of 7.14
the proposed special resolution in
advance" shall be omitted;

2018
Act,— (The proviso is
newly inserted)
(ii) in sub-section (3), the following
proviso shall be inserted,
namely:—
"Provided that such particulars of
the register or index or return as
may be prescribed shall not be
available for inspection under sub-
section (2) or for taking extracts or
copies under this sub-section.".

2018
Act, in sub-section (2), in the (The proviso is
proviso, for the words "Provided newly inserted)
that", the following shall be
substituted, namely:—
"Provided that annual general
meeting of an unlisted company
may be held at any place in India if
consent is given in writing or by

electronic mode by all the members

in advance:
Provided further that".
2018
Act, in sub-section (1), the following (The proviso is
proviso shall be inserted, namely:- newly inserted)
"Provided that an extraordinary
general meeting of the company,
other than of the wholly owned
subsidiary of a company
incorporated outside India, shall be
held at a place within India.".
2018
27. In section 101 of the principal 7.19 The proviso to
Act, in sub-section (1), for the section 101(1)
proviso, the following proviso shall also states that
be substituted, namely:- a shorter notice
"Provided that a general meeting may also be
may be called after giving shorter given with the
notice than that specified in this consent of 95
sub-section if consent, in writing or per cent of the
by electronic mode, is accorded members
thereto- entitled to vote.
(i) in the case of an annual general Generally
meeting, by not less than ninty-five meetings need
per cent. of the members entitled to to be called by
vote thereat; and giving a notice
of 21 clear
(ii) in the case of any other general
days. However,
meeting, by members of the
they can be
company-
called on a
(a) holding, if the company has shorter notice
a share capital, majority in number if, 95 per cent of
of members entitled to vote and the members
who represent not less than ninety- entitled to vote
five per cent. of such part of the in that meeting
paid-up share capital of the give their
company as gives a right to vote at consent in
the meeting; or writing or by

(b) having, if the company has electronic

no share capital, not less than mode.
ninety-five per cent. of the total It is also
voting power exercisable at that important to
meeting: note that only
Provided further that where any the
member of a company is entitled to requirement as
vote only on some resolution or regards the
resolutions to be moved at a length of the
meeting and not on the others, notice being 21
those members shall be taken into days, is
account for the purposes of this dispensed with
sub-section in respect of the former by such
resolution or resolutions and not in consent of not
respect of the latter.". less than 95 per
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, cent of the
2018 members
entitled to vote
at such
meeting and
not the
necessity to
call and hold
such meeting.
Act, in sub-section (1), the following (The proviso is
proviso shall be inserted, namely:- newly inserted)
"Provided that any item of business
required to be transacted by means
of postal ballot under clause (a),
may be transacted at a general
meeting by a company which is
required to provide the facility to
members to vote by electronic
means under section 108, in the
manner provided in that section."
2018
Act,— have been
(i) in sub-section (1), the words and omitted
figures “within the time specified (however, the

under section 403” shall be study material

omitted; does not contain
reference of
Enforcement Date: 7 th May, 2018 section 403)
29. In section 117 of the principal 7.46 Section 117(2)
Act,— sets out …….. to
…... the
(ii) in sub-section (2),— specified time
under section
(a) for the words and figures “under
403 and …….
section 403 with additional fees”,
which shall not
the word “therein” shall be
be less than
substituted;
` 5,00,000 but
(b) for the words "not be less than which may
five lakh rupees", the words "not be extend to
less than one lakh rupees" shall be ` 25,00,000 and
substituted; every officer
(c) for the words "one lakh rupees", …… with fine
the words "fifty thousand rupees" which shall not
shall be substituted; be less than
` 1,00,000 but
Enforcement Date: 7 th May, 2018 which may
extend to
` 5,00,000
29. In section 117 of the principal 7.45 For (a)
Act,— resolutions
passed by a
(iii) in sub-section (3),— …….. of any of
(a) clause (e) shall be omitted; the powers
under …(1)(c)
(b) in clause (g), in the proviso, the
word “and” shall be omitted and the
following proviso shall be inserted, For (b)-
namely:— (The proviso is
"Provided further that nothing newly inserted)
contained in this clause shall apply
to a banking company in respect of
a resolution passed to grant loans,
or give guarantee or provide
security in respect of loans under
clause (f) of sub-section (3) of

section 179 in the ordinary course

of its business; and.".

Act,— have been
omitted/
(i) in sub-section (2), the words and substituted
figures “within the time as (however, the
specified, under section 403” shall study material
be omitted; does not contain
reference of
section 403)
(ii) in sub-section (3), for the words
and figures “under section 403 with
additional fees”, the word “therein”
shall be substituted.

31. In section 123 of the principal 8.4
Act,-
(a) in sub-section (1)- (i) For point (A)

(i) in clause (a),- (c) out of both
(A) for the words "both; or", the (a) and (b); or
word "both:" shall be substituted;
(B) the following proviso shall
be inserted, namely:- For point (B): -
"Provided that in computing profits (The proviso is
any amount representing newly inserted)
unrealised gains, notional gains or
revaluation of assets and any
change in carrying amount of an
asset or of a liability on
measurement of the asset or the
liability at fair value shall be
excluded; or";

2018

31. In section 123 of the principal 8.4 For (ii)

Act,- Where a
company, …….
(ii) in the second proviso, for the it in previous
words "transferred by the company years and
to the reserves", the words transferred by
"transferred by the company to the the company to
free reserves" shall be substituted; the reserves,
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, such declaration
2018 of dividend ……
with prescribed
rules. [Second
Proviso to
section 123(1)]
31. In section 123 of the principal 8.6 According to
Act,- section 123(3),
the Board of
(b) for sub-section (3), the following Directors of a
sub-section shall be substituted, company may
namely:- declare interim
dividend during
"(3) The Board of Directors of a
any financial
company may declare interim
year out of the
dividend during any financial year
surplus in the
or at any time during the period
profit and loss
from closure of financial year till
account and
holding of the annual general
out of profits of
meeting out of the surplus in the
the financial
profit and loss account or out of
year in which
profits of the financial year for
such interim
which such interim dividend is
dividend is
sought to be declared or out of
sought to be
profits generated in the financial
year till the quarter preceding the declared.
date of declaration of the interim However, in
dividend: case the
company has
Provided that in case the company
incurred loss
has incurred loss during the current
during the
financial year up to the end of the
current
quarter immediately preceding the
financial year
date of declaration of interim
up to the end of
dividend, such interim dividend
the quarter
shall not be declared at a rate

higher than the average dividends immediately

declared by the company during preceding the
immediately preceding three date of
financial years.". declaration of
interim
Enforcement Date: 9 February,
th dividend, such
2018 interim
dividend shall
not be declared
at a rate higher
than the
average
dividends
declared by the
company
during
immediately
preceding three
financial years.
32. In section 129 of the principal 9.8 and (1) Where a
Act, for sub-section (3), the 9.9 company has
following sub-section shall be one or more
substituted, namely:— subsidiaries,
"(3) Where a company has one or ……
more subsidiaries or associate Rule 6 of
companies, it shall, in addition to the Companies
financial statements provided (Accounts)
under sub-section (2), prepare a Rules, 2014.
consolidated financial statement of
the company and of all the
Explanation—
subsidiaries and associate
For the
companies in the same form and
purposes of
manner as that of its own and in
this sub-
accordance with applicable
section, the
accounting standards, which shall
word
also be laid before the annual
“subsidiary”
general meeting of the company
shall include
along with the laying of its financial
statement under sub-section (2): associate
company and
Provided that the company shall
joint venture.
also attach along with its financial
statement, a separate statement
containing the salient features of

the financial statement of its

subsidiary or subsidiaries and
associate company or companies
in such form as may be prescribed:
Provided further that the Central
Government may provide for the
consolidation of accounts of
companies in such manner as may
be prescribed.
Enforcement Date: 7th May, 2018

33. In section 130 of the principal 9.13 For (i) -
Act,- (The words are
newly inserted)
(i) in sub-section (1), in the
proviso,-
(a) after the words "regulatory body
or authorities concerned", the
words "or any other person
concerned" shall be inserted;
(b) after the words "the body or
authority concerned", the words "or
the other person concerned" shall
be inserted;

2018
33. In section 130 of the principal 9.13
Act,- For (ii) –
(This sub-
(ii) after sub-section (2), the section is newly
inserted, namely:-
"(3) No order shall be made under
sub-section (1) in respect of re-
opening of books of account
relating to a period earlier than
eight financial years immediately
preceding the current financial
year: Provided that where a
direction has been issued by the

Central Government under the

proviso to sub-section (5) of section
128 for keeping of books of account
for a period longer than eight years,
the books of account may be
ordered to be re-opened within
such longer period."
2018
34. In section 134 of the principal 9.16 The financial
Act,— statements,
including
(a) for sub-section (1), the
consolidated
following sub-section shall be
financial
substituted, namely:—
statement,
"(1) The financial statement, …….. for
including consolidated financial submission to
statement, if any, shall be approved the auditor for
by the Board of Directors before his report
they are signed on behalf of the thereon.
Board by the chairperson of the
company where he is authorised by
the Board or by two directors out of
which one shall be managing
director, if any, and the Chief
Executive Officer, the Chief
Financial Officer and the company
secretary of the company,
wherever they are appointed, or in
the case of One Person Company,
only by one director, for submission
to the auditor for his report
thereon.";
Enforcement Date: 31 st July,
2018
Act,— Extract of
(b) in sub-section (3),— annual return
(i) for clause (a), the following (in the diagram)
clause shall be substituted,
namely:— For (ii)

"(a) the web address, if any, where Listed /other

annual return referred to in sub- public …….
section (3) of section 92 has been statement
placed;"; of annual
(ii) in clause (p), for the words evaluation of
"annual evaluation has been made performances
by the Board of its own of Board,
performance and that of its committees
committees and individual and individual
directors", the words "annual directors.
evaluation of the performance of (in the diagram)
the Board, its Committees and of
individual directors has been
made" shall be substituted; For (iii)
(iii) after clause (q), the following The proviso is
provisos shall be inserted, newly inserted
namely:— (in the diagram)
"Provided that where disclosures
referred to in this sub-section have
been included in the financial
statements, such disclosures shall
be referred to instead of being
repeated in the Board's report:
Provided further that where the
policy referred to in clause (e) or
clause (o) is made available on
company's website, if any, it shall
be sufficient compliance of the
requirements under such clauses if
the salient features of the policy
and any change therein are
specified in brief in the Board's
report and the web-address is
indicated therein at which the
complete policy is available.";
Enforcement Date: 31 st July,
2018
34. In section 134 of the principal - -
Act,— (The sub-
(c) after sub-section (3), the section is newly

"(3A) The Central Government may

prescribe an abridged Board's
report, for the purpose of
compliance with this section by
One Person Company or small
company.".
Enforcement Date: 31st July,
2018
Act,— during any
(i) in sub-section (1),— financial year
(a) for the words "any financial shall constitute a
year", the words "the immediately Corporate Social
preceding financial year" shall be Responsibility
substituted; Committee of
(b) the following proviso shall be the Board.
"Provided that where a company is For (b)-
not required to appoint an (The proviso has
independent director under sub- been newly
section (4) of section 149, it shall inserted)
have in its Corporate Social
Responsibility Committee two or
more directors.";
Enforcement Date: 19 th
September, 2018
35. In section 135 of the principal 9.24 formulate and
Act,— recommend
(ii) in sub-section (3), in clause ……. which shall
(a), for the words and figures "as indicate the
specified in Schedule VII", the activities to be
words and figures "in areas or undertaken by
subject, specified in Schedule VII" the company as
shall be substituted; specified in
Enforcement Date: 19 th Schedule VII;
September, 2018
35. In section 135 of the principal 9.26 Here, “average
Act,— net profit” shall
(iii) in sub-section (5), for the be calculated in
Explanation, the following accordance
with the

Explanation shall be substituted, provisions

namely:— of section 198
'Explanation.—For the purposes of
this section "net profit" shall not
include such sums as may be
prescribed, and shall be calculated
in accordance with the provisions
of section 198.'.
Enforcement Date: 19 th
September, 2018
36. In section 136 of the principal 9.30 As per the
Act,- amendment the
(i) in sub-section (1),- word Without
(a) the words and figures "Without prejudice to the
prejudice to the provisions of provisions of
section 101," shall be omitted; section 101,"
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, shall be omitted
2018
Act,- (The proviso is
(i) in sub-section (1),- newly inserted)
(b) in the first proviso, for the words

"Provided that", the following shall
be substituted, namely:-
"Provided that if the copies of the
documents are sent less than
twenty-one days before the date of
the meeting, they shall,
notwithstanding that fact, be
deemed to have been duly sent if it
is so agreed by members-
(a) holding, if the company has
a share capital, majority in number
entitled to vote and who represent
not less than ninety-five per cent. of
such part of the paid-up share
capital of the company as gives a
right to vote at the meeting; or
(b) having, if the company has
no share capital, not less than

ninety five per cent. of the total

voting power exercisable at the
meeting:
Provided further that";
2018
36. In section 136 of the principal 9.31 Related to point
Act,- (ii) on Page 9.31
(i) in sub-section (1),-
(c) in the second proviso, for the
words "Provided further", the
words, "Provided also" shall be
substituted;
2018
36. In section 136 of the principal 9.31 (iii) Subsidiary
Act,- Companies:
(i) in sub-section (1),- Every
(d) for the fourth proviso, the company
following provisos shall be having a
substituted, namely:— subsidiary or
'Provided also that every listed subsidiaries
company having a subsidiary or shall,—
subsidiaries shall place separate (1) place
audited accounts in respect of each separate
of subsidiary on its website, if any: audited
Provided also that a listed company accounts in
which has a subsidiary respect of each
incorporated outside India (herein of its
referred to as "foreign subsidiary")- subsidiary on
its website, if
(a) where such foreign
any;
subsidiary is statutorily required to
prepare consolidated financial (2) provide a
statement under any law of the copy of
country of its incorporation, the separate
requirement of this proviso shall be audited
met if consolidated financial financial
statement of such foreign statements in
respect of each

subsidiary is placed on the website of its

of the listed company; subsidiary, to
(b) where such foreign any
subsidiary is not required to get its shareholder of
financial statement audited under the company
any law of the country of its who asks for it.
incorporation and which does not
get such financial statement
audited, the holding Indian listed
company may place such
unaudited financial statement on its
website and where such financial
statement is in a language other
than English, a translated copy of
the financial statement in English
shall also be placed on the
website.’;
2018
newly inserted)
(ii) in sub-section (2), the following Add the proviso
proviso shall be inserted, namely:- in point (iv)
"Provided that every company
having a subsidiary or subsidiaries
shall provide a copy of separate
audited or unaudited financial
statements, as the case may be, as
prepared in respect of each of its
subsidiary to any member of the
company who asks for it."

2018
Act,— (i) Filing of
(i) in sub-section (1),— financial
(a) the words and figures "within statements
the time specified under section [Section 137(1)]:
403" shall be omitted; A copy of the

(b) in the second proviso, the words financial …..

and figures "within the time fees as may
specified under section 403" shall be prescribed
be omitted; within the time
(c) after the fourth proviso, the specified under
following proviso shall be inserted, section 403
namely:—
'Provided also that in the case of a For (b)
subsidiary which has been (c) If the
incorporated outside India (herein financial
referred to as "foreign subsidiary"), statements are
which is not required to get its adopted
financial statement audited under …… such
any law of the country of its additional
incorporation and which does not fees as may be
get such financial statement prescribed
audited, the requirements of the within the time
fourth proviso shall be met if the specified under
holding Indian company files such section 403.
unaudited financial statement
along with a declaration to this
effect and where such financial For (c) –
statement is in a language other (The proviso is
than English, along with a newly inserted)
translated copy of the financial
statement in English.'.

37. In section 137 of the principal 9.35 (v) Annual
Act,— General meeting
(ii) in sub-section (2), the words not held [Section
and figures “within the time 137(2)] :
specified, under section 403” shall Where the
be omitted; annual general
…..
Enforcement Date: 7 th May, 2018 additional fees
as may be
prescribed
within the time
specified,
under section
403.


Act,— have been
(iii) in sub-section (3), for the substituted
words and figures “in section 403”, (however, the
the word “therein” shall be study material
substituted. does not contain
reference of
section 403)
38. In section 139 of the principal 10.5 The company
Act, in sub-section (1), the first shall place the
proviso shall be omitted. matter relating
to such
Enforcement Date: 7 th May, 2018 appointment
for
ratification by
members at
every AGM.
39. In section 140 of the principal 10.15 (d) If the

Act, in sub-section (3), for the auditor does not
words "fifty thousand rupees", the ……. with fine
words "fifty thousand rupees or the which shall not
remuneration of the auditor, be less than
whichever is less," shall be ` 50,000 but
substituted. which may
extend to ` 5
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, Lacs.
2018
40. In section 141 of the principal 10.22 (9) any person
Act, in sub-section (3), for clause whose
(i), the following clause shall be subsidiary or
substituted, namely:- associate
‘(i) a person who, directly or company or
indirectly, renders any service any other form
referred to in section 144 to the of entity, is
company or its holding company or engaged as on
its subsidiary company. the date of
Explanation.—For the purposes of appointment in
this clause, the term "directly or consulting and
indirectly" shall have the meaning specialised
services as

assigned to it in the Explanation to provided in

section 144.’. section 144

2018
41. In section 143 of the principal 10.23 (c) Access to
Act,- record of all its
(i) in sub-section (1), in the proviso, subsidiaries:
for the words "its subsidiaries", at The auditor of a
both the places, the words "its ……. the records
subsidiaries and associate of all its
companies" shall be substituted; subsidiaries in
so far as it
relates to the
consolidation of
2018
its financial
statements with
that of its
subsidiaries.
41. In section 143 of the principal 10.24 (9) whether the
Act,- company has
(ii) in sub-section (3), in clause (i), adequate
for the words "internal financial internal
controls system", the words financial
"internal financial controls with controls
reference to financial statements" system in place
shall be substituted; and the
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, operating
2018 effectiveness of
such controls;
41. In section 143 of the principal 10.36 The provisions
Act,- of section 143
(iii) in sub-section (14), in clause shall mutatis
(a), for the words "cost accountant mutandis apply
in practice", the words "cost to the cost
accountant" shall be substituted accountant in
practice
conducting cost
audit under
2018
section 148.


Act,- The words shall
(i) in sub-section (2),- be inserted in
(a) after the words "five lakh point (iii) (a)
rupees", the words "or four times
the remuneration of the auditor,
whichever is less" shall be inserted;
2018
42. In section 147 of the principal 10.33 and
Act,-
(i) in sub-section (2),- (2) Fine which
(b) in the proviso, for the words shall not be
"and with fine which shall not be less than Rs. 1
less than one lakh rupees but which lac but which
may extend to twenty-five lakh may extend to
rupees", the words "and with fine Rs. 25 Lacs
which shall not be less than fifty
thousand rupees but which may
extend to twenty-five lakh rupees or
eight times the remuneration of the
auditor, whichever is less" shall be
substituted;
2018
42. In section 147 of the principal 10.33 (2) pay for
Act,- damages to the
(ii) in sub-section (3), in clause (ii), company,
for the words "or to any other statutory bodies
persons", the words "or to members or authorities or
or creditors of the company" shall to any other
be substituted; persons for loss
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, arising out of
2018 incorrect ….
audit report.
(iii) in sub-section (5), the following newly inserted)
proviso shall be inserted, namely:-
"Provided that in case of criminal
liability of an audit firm, in respect

of liability other than fine, the

concerned partner or partners, who
acted in a fraudulent manner or
abetted or, as the case may be,
colluded in any fraud shall only be
liable.".
2018
43. In section 148 of the principal 10.34 (iv) The cost
Act,- audit shall be
(i) in sub-section (3),- conducted by a
(a) for the words "Cost Accountant Cost
in practice", the words "cost Accountant in
accountant" shall be substituted; practice who
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, shall be …… by
2018 the members in
such manner as
may be
prescribed.
43. In section 148 of the principal 10.35 Here, the
Act,- expression “cost
(i) in sub-section (3),- auditing
(b) in the Explanation, for the words standards” mean
"Institute of Cost and Works such standards
Accountants of India", the words as are issued by
"Institute of Cost Accountants of the Institute of
India" shall be substituted; Cost and Works
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, Accountants of
2018 India,
constituted
under the Cost
and Works
Accountants
Act, 1959, with
the approval of
the Central
Government.
43. In section 148 of the principal 10.35 (x) The report
Act,- on the audit of
(ii) in sub-section (5), in the cost records
proviso, for the words "cost shall be

accountant in practice", the words submitted by the

"cost accountant" shall be cost
substituted accountant in
Enforcement Date: 9 th February, practice to the
2018 Board of
Directors (BoD)
of the company.
XI Amendment in In exercise of the powers conferred 9.7 Replace the
the notification by clauses (a) and (b) of sub- footnote
number section (1) and subsection (2) of ‘Section 129
G.S.R. 463(E) section 462 of the Companies Act, shall not apply to
dated the 5th 2013, the Central Government, in the Government
June, 2015 the interest of public amends the companies to
vide notification of the Government of the extent of
Notification India in the Ministry of Corporate application of
no. S.O. Affairs number G.S.R. 463(E) Accounting
802(E) dated dated the 5th June, 2015 namely:— Standard 17
23rd February, In the said notification, in the (Segment
2018 Table, for serial number 8 and Reporting) to
entries relating thereto, the the companies
following serial number and entries engaged in
shall be respectively substituted, defence
namely:- production.
“In Chapter IX, Section 129- Shall
not apply to the companies
engaged in defence production to
the extent of application of relevant
Accounting Standard on segment
reporting”.
XII ‘Reservation Rule 9: Reservation of name 2.11 -
of Name of An application for reservation of (This Rule may
Company’ name shall be made through the be read with
web service available at respect to point
Notification www.mca.gov.in by using [form (iv) Requirement
G.S.R. 284(E) RUN](Reserve Unique Name) for reservation of
dated 23rd along with fee as provided in the the name of the
March, 2018 Companies (Registration offices company)
and fees) Rules, 2014, which may
either be approved or rejected, as
the case may be, by the Registrar,
Central Registration Centre after
allowing re--submission of such

application within fifteen days for

rectification of the defects, if any.
XIII Notification The Central Government has 1.4 & As per the
G.S.R. 433(E) amended the Companies 1.21 Companies
dated 7th May, (Specification of Definitions (Specification
2018 Details) Rules, 2014, by the of Definitions
Companies (Specification of Details) Rules,
Definitions Details) Amendment 2014, “Total
Rules, 2018. It shall come into Share Capital”,
force on 7th May, 2018. ……. (b)
In the Companies (Specification of convertible
Definitions Details) Rules, 2014, in preference
rule 2, in sub-rule (1), clause (r) share capital
shall be omitted.
Please note: The said clause (r)

deals with ‘Total Share Capital’
XIV Notification The Central Government has 4.12 ‘‘Employee’’
G.S.R. 434(E) amended the Companies (Share means-(a) a
dated 7th May, Capital and Debentures) Rules, permanent
2018 2014, by the Companies (Share employee of the
Capital and Debentures) Second company who
Amendment Rules, 2018. It shall has been
come into force on 7th May, 2018. working
In the Companies (Share Capital in India or
and Debentures) Rules, 2014, in outside India,
the principal rules, in rule 8, in sub- for at least last
rule (1), in the Explanation, in one year; or
clause (i) in sub-clause (a), the
words “for at least last one year”
shall be omitted.
XV Notification The Central Government has 5.11 (k) details of
G.S.R. 612 (E) amended the Companies deposit
dated 5th July, (Acceptance of Deposits) Rules, insurance
2018 2014, by the Companies including
(Acceptance of Deposits) extent of
Amendment Rules, 2018. It shall deposit
come into force on 15 th August, insurance;
2018.
In the Companies (Acceptance of
Deposits) Rules, 2014 in rule 14, in

sub-rule (1), clause (k) shall be

omitted;
XVI Notification The Central Government has 2.4 (person who
G.S.R. 708(E) amended the Companies has stayed in
dated 27th (Incorporation) Rules, 2014, by the India for a
July, 2018 Companies (Incorporation) Third period of not
Amendment Rules, 2018. It shall less than 182
come into force on 27 th July, 2018. days during the
In the Companies (Incorporation) immediately
Rules, 2014. preceding one
(a) in rule 3, for Explanation to sub- calendar year)
rule (1), the following shall be
substituted, namely:-
“Explanation I. - For the purposes
of this rule, the term "resident in
India" means a person who has
stayed in India for a period of not
less than one hundred and eighty
two days during the immediately
preceding financial year.
Explanation II.- For the purposes
of this rule, while counting the
number of days of stay of a director
in India for the financial year 2018-
2019, any period of stay between
01.01.2018 till the date of
notification of this rule shall also be
counted”;
XVI Enforcement The Central Government makes 10.5 According to
I of the the Companies (Audit and the Companies
Companies Auditors) Second Amendment (Audit
(Audit and Rules, 2018 to amend the and Auditors)
Auditors) Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014,
Amendment Rules, 2014. …….
Rules, 2018 1. In the Companies (Audit and by way of
vide Auditors) Rules, 2014, in rule 3 passing of an
Notification which deals with the Manner and ordinary
G.S.R. 432 (E) Procedure of selection and
resolution.
dated 7th May appointment of auditors:
2018 If the
(a) Explanation shall be omitted. appointment is
not ……..

(b) proviso to sub-rule (7) shall be procedure laid

omitted. down in this
behalf under
the Act.
XVI The Central Government makes 10.24 As per the rule
I the Companies (Audit and 10A inserted by
Auditors) Second Amendment the Companies
Rules, 2018 to amend the (Audit and
Companies (Audit and Auditors) Auditors)…..
Rules, 2014. about existence
2. In the principal rules, in rule 10A of adequate
i.e., related to Internal Financial internal
controls system, for the words financial
"adequate internal financial controls
controls system", the words system and
"internal financial controls with its operating
reference to financial statements" effectiveness.
shall be substituted.
XVI The Central Government makes 10.34 (A) the Board
I the Companies (Audit and shall appoint an
Auditors) Second Amendment individual, who
Rules, 2018 to amend the is a cost
Companies (Audit and Auditors) accountant in
Rules, 2014. practice, or a
3. In the principal rules, in rule 14 firm of
which deals with the remuneration
of the cost auditor, following are the (2) in the case of
changes- other companies
(a) in clause (a), in sub-clause (i), which are not
for the words, "who is a cost required……,
accountant in practice", the words shall appoint an
"who is a cost accountant" shall be individual who
substituted; is a cost
(b) in clause (b) for the words "who accountant
is a cost accountant in practice", in practice or a
the words "who is a cost firm of
accountant" shall be substituted.
XVI Enforcement The Central Government makes 9.20 -
II of the the Companies (Accounts) [Clause (ix) and
Companies Amendment Rules, 2018 to amend (x) is newly
(Accounts) inserted]
Amendment

Rules, 2018 the Companies (Accounts) Rules,

vide 2014.
Notification 1. In the Companies (Accounts)
G.S.R. 725(E) Rules, 2014,
dated 31st In sub-rule (5) of Rule 8 which
July, 2018 deals with the Matters to be
included in Board's report, after
clause (viii) the following clauses
shall be inserted, namely:-
“(ix) a disclosure, as to whether
maintenance of cost records as
specified by the Central
Government under sub-section (1)
of section 148 of the Companies
Act, 2013, is required by the
Company and accordingly such
accounts and records are made
and maintained,
(x) a statement that the company
has complied with provisions
relating to the constitution of
Internal Complaints Committee
under the Sexual Harassment of
Women at Workplace (Prevention,
Prohibition and Redressal) Act,
2013,”
XVI 2. In the Companies (Accounts) 9.20 -
II Rules, 2014, after sub-rule (5), the (Sub- rule 6 is
following Sub Rule (6), rule shall be newly inserted)
inserted, namely:-
“(6) This rule shall not apply to
One Person Company or Small
Company”.
XIX Enforcement The Central Government makes 9.22 (i) Projects or
of the the Companies (Corporate Social programs
Companies Responsibility Policy) Amendment relating to
(Corporate Rules, 2018 to amend the activities areas
Social Companies (Corporate Social or subjects
Responsibility Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014. specified in
Policy) 1. In Companies (Corporate Social Schedule VII to
Amendment Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, the Act; or
Rules, 2018

vide in rule 2 which deals with the (ii) Projects or

Notification definitions, - programs
G.S.R. 865 (E) (a) in sub-rule (1), in sub-clause (i) relating to …..
dated 19th of clause (c) which defines subject to the
September, “Corporate Social Responsibility condition that
2018 (CSR)”, after the words “relating to such policy will
activities”, the words “, areas or cover subjects
subjects” shall be inserted; enumerated in
(b) in sub-rule (1), in sub-clause (ii) Schedule VII of
of clause (c), for the words “cover the Act.
subjects enumerated”, the words
“include activities, areas or
subjects specified” shall be
substituted;
XIX 2. In Companies (Corporate Social 9.23 (b) An unlisted
Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, public
in rule 5 which deals with the “CSR company or a
Committees”, in clause (i) of sub private
rule (1), for the words “an unlisted company which
public company or a private is not required to
company”, the words “a company” appoint an
shall be substituted. independent
XIX 3. In Companies (Corporate Social 9.24 For point (a)-
Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, (a) List of CSR
In rule 6 which states of CSR projects or
Policy, following are the changes- programs whicha
(a) in sub-rule (1), in clause (a), for company plans to
the words “falling within the purview undertake falling
of” the words “areas or subjects within the
specified in” shall be substituted; purview of the
(b) in sub-rule (1), in second Schedule VII
proviso to clause (b), for the words,
“activities included in Schedule VII” For point (b)-
the words “areas or subjects
(d) The Board of
specified in Schedule VII” shall be
Directors shall
substituted.
…. CSR Policy
are related to the
activities
included in
Schedule VII of
the Act.

XX Constitution of The Central Government appointed 9.14 -

National 1st October, 2018 (Notification S.O.
Financial 5099(E) dated 1st October, 2018)
Reporting as the date of constitution Of
Authority National Financial Reporting
Authority.
Section 132 shall now be read as
under:
Constitution of National
Financial Reporting Authority,
have also been notified.
132. *(1) The Central Government
may, by notification, constitute a
National Financial Reporting
Authority to provide for matters
relating to accounting and auditing
standards under this Act.
**(2) Notwithstanding anything
contained in any other law for the
time being in force, the National
Financial Reporting Authority
shall—
(a) make recommendations to the
Central Government on the
formulation and laying down of
accounting and auditing policies
and standards for adoption by
companies or class of companies
or their auditors, as the case may
be;
(b) monitor and enforce the
compliance with accounting
standards and auditing standards
in such manner as may be
prescribed;
(c) oversee the quality of service of
the professions associated with
ensuring compliance with such
standards, and suggest measures
required for improvement in quality
of service and such other related

matters as may be prescribed; and

(d) perform such other functions
relating to clauses (a), (b) and (c)
(3) The National Financial
Reporting Authority shall consist of
a chairperson, who shall be a
person of eminence and having
expertise in accountancy, auditing,
finance or law to be appointed by
the Central Government and such
other members not exceeding
fifteen consisting of part-time and
full-time members as may be
prescribed:
Provided that the terms and
conditions and the manner of
appointment of the chairperson and
members shall be such as may be
prescribed:
Provided further that the
chairperson and members shall
make a declaration to the Central
Government in the prescribed form
regarding no conflict of interest or
lack of independence in respect of
his or their appointment:
Provided also that the chairperson
and members, who are in full-time
employment with National Financial
Reporting Authority shall not be
associated with any audit firm
(including related consultancy
firms) during the course of their
appointment and two years after
ceasing to hold such appointment.
**(4) Notwithstanding anything
contained in any other law for the
time being in force, the National

Financial Reporting Authority

shall—
(a) have the power to investigate,
either suo moto or on a reference
made to it by the Central
Government, for such class of
bodies corporate or persons, in
such manner as may be prescribed
into the matters of professional or
other misconduct committed by any
member or firm of chartered
accountants, registered under the
Chartered Accountants Act, 1949:
Provided that no other institute or
body shall initiate or continue any
proceedings in such matters of
misconduct where the National
Financial Reporting Authority has
initiated an investigation under this
section;
(b) have the same powers as are
vested in a civil court under the
Code of Civil Procedure, 1908,
while trying a suit, in respect of the
following matters, namely:—
(i) discovery and production of
books of account and other
documents, at such place and at
such time as may be specified by
the National Financial Reporting
Authority;
(ii) summoning and enforcing the
attendance of persons and
examining them on oath;
(iii) inspection of any books,
registers and other documents of
any person referred to in clause (b)
at any place;
(iv) issuing commissions for
examination of witnesses or
documents;

(c) where professional or other

misconduct is proved, have the
power to make order for—
(A) imposing penalty of—
(I) not less than one lakh
rupees, but which may extend to
five times of the fees received, in
case of individuals; and
(II) not less than five lakh
rupees, but which may extend to
ten times of the fees received, in
case of firms;
(B) debarring the member or the
firm from engaging himself or itself
from practice as member of the
Institute of Chartered Accountant of
India referred to in clause (e) of
sub-section (1) of section 2 of the
Chartered Accountants Act, 1949
for a minimum period of six months
or for such higher period not
exceeding ten years as may be
decided by the National Financial
Reporting Authority.
Explanation.—For the purposes of
his sub-section, the expression
"professional or other misconduct"
shall have the same meaning
assigned to it under section 22 of
the Chartered Accountants Act,
1949.
**(5) Any person aggrieved by any
order of the National Financial
Reporting Authority issued under
clause (c) of sub-section (4), may
prefer an appeal before the
Appellate Tribunal in such manner
and on payment of such fee as may
be prescribed.

**(10) The National Financial

Reporting Authority shall meet at
such times and places and shall
observe such rules of procedure in
regard to the transaction of
business at its meetings in such
manner as may be prescribed.
(11) The Central Government may
appoint a secretary and such other
employees as it may consider
necessary for the efficient
performance of functions by the
Authority under this Act and the
terms and conditions of service of
the secretary and employees shall
be such as may be prescribed.
*(12) The head office of the
Authority shall be at New Delhi and
the National Financial Reporting
Authority may, meet at such other
places in India as it deems fit.
Reporting Authority shall cause to
be maintained such books of
account and other books in relation
to its accounts in such form and in
such manner as the Central
Government may, in consultation
with the Comptroller and Auditor-
General of India prescribe.
**(14) The accounts of the National
Financial Reporting Authority shall
be audited by the Comptroller and
Auditor-General of India at such
intervals as may be specified by
him and such accounts as certified
by the Comptroller and Auditor-
General of India together with the
audit report thereon shall be

forwarded annually to the Central

Government by the National
Financial Reporting Authority.
Reporting Authority shall prepare in
such form and at such time for each
financial year as may be prescribed
its annual report giving a full
account of its activities during the
financial year and forward a copy
thereof to the Central Government
and the Central Government shall
cause the annual report and the
audit report given by the
Comptroller and Auditor-General of
India to be laid before each House
of Parliament.
Please note: (i) Sub Section (3)
and (11) have been notified on 21st
March 2018. [Notification No. S.O.
1316(E)]
(ii) Sub Section (6), (7), (8) and (9)
have been omitted [with effect from
9th February, 2018]
(iii) *Sub- section (1) and (12)
notified on 1st October, 2018
[Notification S.O. 5098(E) dated 1st
October, 2018]
(iv) **Sub- Section
(2),(4),(5),(10),(13),(14) and (15)
have been notified on 24th October
2018 [Notification S.O. 5385(E)
dated 24th October, 2018]
The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881

7. Amendments The Ministry of Law and Justice has
to the made amendments to the
Negotiable Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881
Instruments through the Negotiable Instruments
Act, 1881 (Amendment) Act, 2018. This

Amendment Act received the

assent of the President and
published in the Official Gazette on
2nd August, 2018.
In the Negotiable Instruments Act, -
1881 (hereinafter referred to as the (The section is
principal Act), after section 143, the newly inserted)
following section shall be inserted,
namely:—
‘‘143A. Power to direct interim
compensation.
contained in the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973, the Court trying
an offence under section 138 may
order the drawer of the cheque to
pay interim compensation to the
complainant—
(a) in a summary trial or a summons
case, where he pleads not guilty to
the accusation made in the
complaint; and
(b) in any other case, upon framing
of charge.
(2) The interim compensation
under sub-section (1) shall not
exceed twenty per cent. of the
amount of the cheque.
(3) The interim compensation shall
be paid within sixty days from the
date of the order under sub-section
(1), or within such further period not
exceeding thirty days as may be
directed by the Court on sufficient
cause being shown by the drawer
of the cheque.
(4) If the drawer of the cheque is
acquitted, the Court shall direct the
complainant to repay to the drawer
the amount of interim
compensation, with interest at the
bank rate as published by the

Reserve Bank of India, prevalent at

the beginning of the relevant
financial year, within sixty days
from the date of the order, or within
such further period not exceeding
thirty days as may be directed by
the Court on sufficient cause being
shown by the complainant.
(5) The interim compensation
payable under this section may be
recovered as if it were a fine under
section 421 of the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973.
(6) The amount of fine imposed
under section 138 or the amount of
compensation awarded under
section 357 of the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973, shall be reduced
by the amount paid or recovered as
interim compensation under this
section.’’.
(2) In the principal Act, after -
section 147, the following section (The section is
shall be inserted, newly inserted)
namely:—
‘‘148. Power of Appellate Court to
order payment pending appeal
against conviction.
contained in the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973, in an appeal by
the drawer against conviction
under section 138, the Appellate
Court may order the appellant to
deposit such sum which shall be a
minimum of twenty per cent. of the
fine or compensation awarded by
the trial Court:
Provided that the amount payable
under this sub-section shall be in
addition to any interim

compensation paid by the appellant

under section 143A.
(2) The amount referred to in sub-
section (1) shall be deposited
within sixty days from the date of
the order, or within such further
period not exceeding thirty days as
may be directed by the Court on
sufficient cause being shown by the
appellant.
(3) The Appellate Court may direct
the release of the amount
deposited by the appellant to the
complainant at any time during the
pendency of the appeal:
Provided that if the appellant is
acquitted, the Court shall direct the
complainant to repay to the
appellant the amount so released,
with interest at the bank rate as
published by the Reserve Bank of
India, prevalent at the beginning of
the relevant financial year, within
sixty days from the date of the
order, or within such further period
not exceeding thirty days as may
be directed by the Court on
sufficient cause being shown by the
complainant.’’.
# Page number of the Study material (SM) with reference of relevant provisions
Please note: The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has replaced Rule 14 of the Companies
(Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rule, 2014 through Companies (Prospectus and
Allotment of Securities) Second Rule, 2018. Hence, students are advised not to read the content
related to Rule 14(2) of the Companies (Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rule, 2014 as
contained on pages 3.31 and Page 3.32 of Study Material. [For May 2019 examinations the said
amended rule has not been made applicable for the students.]

PART – II : QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
QUESTIONS
DIVISION A - MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

1. Rajesh has formed a ‘One Person Company (OPC)’ with his wife Roopali as nominee. For
the last two years his wife Roopali is suffering from terminal illness and due to this hard
fact he wants to change her as nominee. He has a trusted and experienced friend
Ramnivas who could be made nominee or his (Rajesh) son Rakshak who is of seventeen
years of age. Whom should he nominate as nominee in place of his wife?
(a) Since blood relation can only be appointed as nominee in case of OPC, Rajesh needs
to appoint his son Rakshak.
(b) Rajesh can appoint his friend Ramnivas as nominee in his OPC
(c) Roopali is not agreeable to the proposal of Rajesh and hence, Rajesh cannot change
her as the nominee
(d) Either Rakshak or Mr. Ramnivas can be appointed as nominee
2. A Company limited by shares can issue equity shares with differential voting rights. Which
of the following is not a necessary condition to be fulfilled before issue of such shares:
(a) The articles of association of the company shall authorize issue of shares with
differential rights;
(b) The issue of shares shall be authorized by an ordinary resolution passed at a general
meeting of the shareholders;
(c) The issue of shares shall be authorized by special resolution passed at a general
meeting of the shareholders;
(d) The company shall have consistent track record of distributable profits for the last
three years;
3. A Ltd. is the holding company of B Ltd. Another company C Ltd. is the subsidiary company
of B Ltd. Is there any relationship between A Ltd. and C Ltd.
(a) There is no relationship between A Ltd. and C Ltd.
(b) C Ltd. is deemed to be the subsidiary of A Ltd.
(c) A Ltd. shall be deemed to be the holding company of C Ltd. provided A Ltd. acquires
at least 10% stake in C Ltd.
(d) C Ltd. shall be deemed to be the subsidiary of A Ltd. if the latter company acquires
minimum 10% stake in the former company within six months after C Ltd. becomes
subsidiary of B Ltd.

4. Shruti, a common friend of Suchitra and Sukanya, got incorporated OPC sometime before
and during a chit-chat with her friends informed them that there is some limit on the
maximum capital which her OPC can have and she would have to convert her OPC either
into a private or public limited company if such limit exceeded. Suchitra and Sukanya who
are desirous of forming a private limited company for carrying on textile trading business,
are unsure about the maximum capital which a private limited company can have. Advise.
(a) A private limited company can have maximum of ` One crore as share capital.
(b) A private limited company can have maximum of ` Two crores as share capital.
(c) A private limited company can have maximum of ` Five crores as share capital.
(d) A private limited company can have unlimited share capital.
5. Vinay and Sanjay made a name reservation application accompanied by requisite fee to
the Registrar for forming a new private company. The Registrar accorded its approval for
reservation of most preferred name Vinanjay Softwares Private Ltd. on 7 th July, 2018. By
which date necessary documents for incorporation of the company must be submitted to
the Registrar so that the reserved name does not get lapsed.
(a) Latest by 20th July, 2018
(b) Latest by 27th July, 2018
(c) Latest by 4th August, 2018
(d) Latest by 4th September, 2018
6. Aman contracts to indemnify Megha against the consequences of any proceedings which
Chandar may take against Megha in respect of a sum of ` 15000/- advanced by Chandar
to Megha. Now, Megha who is called upon to pay the sum of money to Chandar but she
fails to do so. Now, as per the provisions of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, advise the future
course of action to be taken by Chandar.
(a) Chandar can recover the amount only from Megha
(b) Chandar can recover the full amount from Aman
(c) Chandar cannot recover the amount from Aman
(d) Chandar can recover at least 10% of the total amount from Megha
DIVISION B - DETAILED QUESTIONS
COMPANY LAW
The Companies Act, 2013
1. MNO a One Person company (OPC) was incorporated during the year 2015-16 with an
authorised capital of ` 45 lakhs (4.5 lakhs shares of ` 10 each). The capital was fully

subscribed and paid up. Turnover of the company during 2015-16 and 2016-17 was ` 2
crores and ` 2.5 crores respectively. Promoter of the company seeks your advice in the
following circumstances, whether MNO (OPC) can convert into any other kind of company
during 2017-18. Please, advise with reference to relevant provisions of the Companies Act,
2013 in the below mentioned circumstances:
(i) If promoter increases the paid up capital of the company by ` 10 lakhs during 2017-18
(ii) If turnover of the company during 2017-18 was ` 3 crores.
2. The paid-up share capital of Altar Private Limited is ` 1 crore, consisting of 8 lacs Equity
Shares of ` 10 each, fully paid-up and 2 lacs Cumulative Preference Shares of `10 each,
fully paid-up. New Private Limited and Ultra Private Limited are holding 3 lacs Equity
Shares and 50,000 Equity Shares respectively in Altar Private Limited. New Private Limited
and Ultra Private Limited are the subsidiaries of PQR Private Limited. With reference to
the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 examine whether Altar Private Limited is a
subsidiary of PQR Private Limited? Would your answer be different if PQR Private Limited
has 8 out of 9 Directors on the Board of Altar Private Limited?
3. Data Limited (listed on Stock Exchange) was incorporated on 1 st October, 2018 with a paid-
up share capital of ` 200 crores. Within this small time of 4 months it has earned huge
profits and has topped the charts for its high employee friendly environment. The company
wants to issue sweat equity to its employees. A friend of the CEO of the company has told
him that they cannot issue sweat equity shares as 2 years have not elapsed since the time
company has commenced its business. The CEO of the company has approached you to
advise them about the essential conditions to fulfilled before the issue of sweat equity
shares especially since their company is just a few months old.
4. Walnut Limited has an authorized share capital of 1,00,000 equity shares of ` 100 per
share and an amount of ` 3 crores in its Share Premium Account as on 31-3-2018. The
Board of Directors seeks your advice about the application of share premium account for
its business purposes. Please give your advice.
5. Ashish Ltd. having a net-worth of ` 80 crores and turnover of ` 30 crores wants to accept
deposits from public other than its members. Referring to the provisions of the Companies
Act, 2013, state the conditions and the procedures to be followed by Ashish Ltd. for
accepting deposits from public other than its members.
6. RST Ltd. declared dividend at the rate of 20% for the financial year 2017-2018 in the AGM
scheduled on 15th June 2018. As RST Ltd. is left with certain unpaid and unclaimed
dividend, it transferred amount of unpaid and unclaimed dividend to UDA (unpaid dividend
account). After remaining unpaid and unclaimed for more than 2 years in the UDA, some
of the entitled shareholders made liable RST Ltd. for noncompliance of section 124, and
claimed for their unpaid dividend amount. RST Ltd. denies saying that there were certain
legal issues on the entitlement of the dividend amount to the respective shareholders.

State in the light of the given facts, whether the allegation marked by shareholders and
claim for the divided amount, against RST Ltd. is justifiable?
7. Examine the following situations in the light of the Companies Act, 2013
(i) Mr. Ayush, a Chartered accountant has been appointed as an auditor of X Ltd. in the
Annual General Meeting of the company held in September, 2018, in which he
accepted the assignment. Subsequently, in January, 2019 he joined B, as a partner
for the consultancy firm of Mr. B. Mr. B is working also working as a Finance Executive
of X Ltd.
(ii) “Mr. Abhi”, a practicing Chartered Accountant, is holding securities of “Abhiman Ltd.”
having face value of ` 1000/-. Whether Mr. Abhi is qualified for appointment as an
Auditor of Abhiman Ltd.”?
8. Primal Limited is a company incorporated in India. It owns two subsidiaries- Privy Limited
(in which it holds 75% shares) and Malvy Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary). Both the
subsidiaries are incorporated outside India. The Board of Directors of Primal Limited
intends to call an Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM) of Primal Limited on urgent basis.
Advise the Board of Directors on the following:
(i) EGM be held in India
(ii) EGM be held in Netherlands
OTHER LAWS
The Indian Contract Act, 1872
9. ‘A’ gives to ‘M’ a continuing guarantee to the extent of ` 8,000 for the fruits to be supplied
by ‘M’ to ‘S’ from time to time on credit. Afterwards ‘S’ became embarrassed and without
the knowledge of ‘A’, ‘M’ and ‘S’ contract that ‘M’ shall continue to supply ‘S’ with fruits for
ready money and that payments shall be applied to the then existing debts between ‘S’
and ‘M’. Examining the provision of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, decide whether ‘A’ is
liable on his guarantee given to M.
The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881
10. Manoj owes money to Umesh. Therefore, he makes a promissory note for the amount in
favour of Umesh, for safety of transmission he cuts the note in half and posts one half to
Umesh. He then changes his mind and calls upon Umesh to return the half of the note
which he had sent. Umesh requires Manoj to send the other half of the promissory note.
Decide how rights of the parties are to be adjusted.
Give your answer in reference to the Provisions of Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881.

The General Clauses Act, 1897

11. A notice when required under the Statutory rules to be sent by “registered post
acknowledgment due” is instead sent by “registered post” only. Whether the protection of
presumption regarding serving of notice by “registered post” under the General Clauses
Act is tenable? Referring to the provisions of the General Clauses Act, 1897, examine the
validity of such notice in this case.
Interpretation of Statutes
12. Many a time a proviso is added to a Section of the enactment. Explain the function of such
a proviso in the interpretation of the section/ provision.
SUGGESTED ANSWERS/HINTS
DIVISION A - ANSWER TO MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

Question No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Correct Option (b) (c) (b) (d) (b) (b)
DIVISION B - ANSWER TO DETAILES QUESTIONS
1. As per Rule 3 of the Companies (Incorporation) Rules, 2014, One Person Company (OPC)
cannot convert voluntarily into any kind of company unless two years have expired from
the date of incorporation, except where the paid up share capital is increased beyond fifty
lakh rupees or its average annual turnover during the relevant period exceeds two crore
rupees.
Besides, Section 18 of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that a company of any class
registered under this Act may convert itself as a company of other class under this Act by
alteration of memorandum and articles of the company in accordance with the provisions
of the Chapter II of the Act.
According to the above provisions, following are the answers to the given circumstances:
(i) Where, if the promotors increase the paid up capital of the company by ` 10.00 lakh
during 2017-2018 i.e., to ` 55 lakh (45+10= 55), MNO (OPC) may convert itself
voluntarily into any other kind of company due to increase in the paid up share capital
exceeding 50 lakh rupees. This could be done by the MNO by alteration of
memorandum and articles of the company in compliance with the Provisions of the Act.
(ii) Where if the turnover of the MNO during 2017-18 was ` 3.00 crore, there will be no
change in the answer, as it meets up the requirement of minimum turnover i.e, ` 2
crore for voluntarily conversion of MNO (OPC) into any other kind of company.

2. In terms of section 2 (87) of the Companies Act 2013 "subsidiary company" or "subsidiary",
in relation to any other company (that is to say the holding company), means a company
in which the holding company—
(i) controls the composition of the Board of Directors; or
(ii) exercises or controls more than one-half of the total voting power either at its own or
together with one or more of its subsidiary companies:
Explanation.—For the purposes of this clause,—
(a) a company shall be deemed to be a subsidiary company of the holding company even
if the control referred to in sub-clause (i) or sub-clause (ii) is of another subsidiary
company of the holding company;
(b) the composition of a company's Board of Directors shall be deemed to be controlled
by another company if that other company by exercise of some power exercisable by
it at its discretion can appoint or remove all or a majority of the directors.
In the present case, New Pvt. Ltd. and Ultra Pvt. Ltd. together hold less than one half of
the total share capital i.e. less than one-half of total voting power. Hence, PQR Private Ltd.
(holding of New Pvt. Ltd. and Ultra Pvt. Ltd) will not be a holding company of Altar Pvt. Ltd.
However, if PQR Pvt. Ltd. has 8 out of 9 Directors on the Board of Altar Pvt. Ltd. i.e.
controls the composition of the Board of Directors; it (PQR Pvt. Ltd.) will be treated as the
holding company of Altar Pvt. Ltd.
3. Sweat equity shares of a class of shares already issued.
According to section 54 of the Companies Act, 2013, a company may issue sweat equity
shares of a class of shares already issued, if the following conditions are fulfilled, namely—
(i) the issue is authorised by a special resolution passed by the company;
(ii) the resolution specifies the number of shares, the current market price,
consideration, if any, and the class or classes of directors or employees to whom
such equity shares are to be issued;
(iii) where the equity shares of the company are listed on a recognised stock exchange,
the sweat equity shares are issued in accordance with the regulations made by the
Securities and Exchange Board in this behalf and if they are not so listed, the sweat
equity shares are issued in accordance with such rules as prescribed under Rule 8 of
the Companies (Share and Debentures) Rules, 2014,
The rights, limitations, restrictions and provisions as are for the time being applicable
to equity shares shall be applicable to the sweat equity shares issued under this section
and the holders of such shares shall rank pari passu with other equity shareholders.

Data Limited can issue Sweat equity shares by following the conditions as mentioned
above. It does not make a difference that the company is just a few months old.
4. According to section 52 of the Companies Act, 2013, where a company issues shares at a
premium, whether for cash or otherwise, a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the
premium received on those shares shall be transferred to a "securities premium account"
and the provisions of this Act relating to reduction of share capital of a company shall,
except as provided in this section, apply as if the securities premium account were the
paid-up share capital of the company.
The securities premium account may be applied by the company—
(a) towards the issue of unissued shares of the company to the members of the company
as fully paid bonus shares;
(b) in writing off the preliminary expenses of the company;
(c) in writing off the expenses of, or the commission paid or discount allowed on, any
issue of shares or debentures of the company;
(d) in providing for the premium payable on the redemption of any redeemable preference
shares or of any debentures of the company; or
(e) for the purchase of its own shares or other securities under section 68
5. Acceptance of deposit from public: According to section 76 of the Companies Act, 2013,
a public company, having net worth of not less than 100 crore rupees or turnover of not
less than 500 crore rupees, can accept deposits from persons other than its members
subject to compliance with the requirements provided in sub-section (2) of section 73 and
subject to such rules as the Central Government may, in consultation with the Reserve
Bank of India, prescribe.
Provided that such a company shall be required to obtain the rating (including its net-worth,
liquidity and ability to pay its deposits on due date) from a recognised credit rating agency
for informing the public the rating given to the company at the time of invitation of deposits
from the public which ensures adequate safety and the rating shall be obtained for every
year during the tenure of deposits.
Provided further that every company accepting secured deposits from the public shall
within thirty days of such acceptance, create a charge on its assets of an amount not less
than the amount of deposits accepted in favour of the deposit holders in accordance with
such rules as may be prescribed.
Since, Ashish Ltd. has a net worth of ` 80 crores and turnover of ` 30 crores, which is
less than the prescribed limits, hence, it cannot accept deposit from public other than its
members. If the company wants to accept deposits from public other than its members,

it has to fulfill the eligibility criteria of net worth or Turnover or both and then the other
conditions as stated above.
6. As per section 124 of the Companies Act, 2013, where a dividend has been declared by a
company but has not been paid/claimed to/by shareholder within 30 days from the date of
the declaration, the company shall, within 7 days from the date of expiry of the said period
of 30 days, transfer the total amount of dividend which remains unpaid/unclaimed to the
Unpaid Dividend Account.
The company shall, within a period of 90 days of making any transfer of an amount, prepare
a statement containing the names, their last known addresses and the unpaid dividend to
be paid to each person and place it on the web-site of the company, if any, and also on
any other web-site approved by the Central Government for this purpose, in such form,
manner and other particulars as may be prescribed.
Accordingly, in the given situation, RST Ltd. failed to give statement of Unpaid/unclaimed
dividend and so liable for the said noncompliance of section 124 of the Compani es Act,
2013. Any person claiming to be entitled to any money transferred under section 124(1) to
the Unpaid Dividend Account of the company may apply to the company for payment of
the money claimed. Since RST Ltd. failed to comply with the requirements of this section
as to the preparing of a statement of unpaid dividend, so shall be punishable with fine
which shall not be less than five lakh rupees but which may extend to twenty-five lakh
rupees and every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with fine
which shall not be less than one lakh rupees but which may extend to 5 lakh rupees.
7. (i) Provisions and Explanation: Section 141(3) (c) of the Companies Act, 2013
prescribes that any person who is a partner or in employment of an officer or
employee of the company will be disqualified to act as an auditor of a company. Sub-
section (4) of Section 141 provides that an auditor who becomes subject, after his
appointment, to any of the disqualifications specified in sub-sections (3) of Section
141, he shall be deemed to have vacated his office as an auditor.
Conclusion: In the present case, Ayush, an auditor of X Ltd., joined as partner with
B, who is Finance executive of X Ltd., has attracted clause (3) (c) of Section 141 and,
therefore, he shall be deemed to have vacated office of the auditor of X Limited.
(ii) As per section 141 (3)(d) (i) an auditor is disqualified to be appointed as an auditor if
he, or his relative or partner holding any security of or interest in the company or its
subsidiary, or of its holding or associate company or a subsidiary of such holding
company:
In the present case, Mr. Abhi. is holding security of ` 1000 in the Abhiman Ltd,
therefore he is not eligible for appointment as an Auditor of “Abhiman Ltd.”

8. According to section 100 of the Companies Act, 2013, the Board may, whenever it deems
fit, call an extraordinary general meeting of the company.
Provided that an extraordinary general meeting of the company, other than of the wholly
owned subsidiary of a company incorporated outside India, shall be held at a place within
India.
In the light of the above provisions:
(i) The Board of Directors can call the EGM in India.
(ii) The Board of Directors cannot call the EGM of Primal Limited outside India as it is a
company incorporated in India.
9. Discharge of surety by variance in terms of contract: The problem asked in the
question is based on the provisions of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 as contained in
Section 133. The section provides that any variance made without the surety’s consent in
the terms of the contract between the principal debtor and the creditor, discharges the
surety as to transactions subsequent to the variance.
In the given problem, ‘M’ and ‘S’ entered into arrangement by entering into a new contract
without knowledge of the Surety ‘A’. Since, the variance made in the contract is without
the surety’s consent in the existing contract, as per the provision, ‘A’ is not liable on his
guarantee for the fruits supplied after this new arrangement. The reason for such a
discharge is that the surety agreed to be liable for a contract which is no more there now
and he is not liable on the altered contract because it is different from the contract made
by him.
10. The question arising in this problem is whether the making of promissory note is complete
when one half of the note was delivered to Umesh. Under Section 46 of the Negotiable
Instruments Act, 1881, the making of a promissory note is completed by delivery, actual or
constructive. Delivery refers to the whole of the instrument and not merely a part of it.
Delivery of half instrument cannot be treated as constructive delivery of the whole. So, the
claim of Umesh to have the other half of the promissory note sent to him is not
maintainable. Manoj is justified in demanding the return of the first half sent by him. He
can change his mind and refuse to send the other half of the promissory note.
11. As per the provisions of Section 27 of the General Clauses Act, 1897, where any legislation
or regulation requires any document to be served by post, then unless a different intention
appears, the service shall be deemed to be effected by:
(i) properly addressing,
(ii) pre-paying, and

(iii) posting by registered post.

A letter containing the document to have been effected at the time at which the letter would
be delivered in the ordinary course of post.
Therefore, in view of the above provision, since, the statutory rules itself provides about
the service of notice that a notice when required under said statutory rules to be sent by
‘registered post acknowledgement due’, then, if notice was sent by ‘registered post’ only it
will not be the compliance of said rules. However, if such provision was not provided by
such statutory rules, then service of notice if by registered post only shall be deemed to be
effected.
Furthermore, in similar case of In United Commercial Bank v. Bhim Sain Makhija, AIR 1994
Del 181: A notice when required under the statutory rules to be sent by ‘registered post
acknowledgement due’ is instead sent by ‘registered post’ only, the protection of
presumption regarding serving of notice under ‘registered post’ under this section of the
Act neither tenable not based upon sound exposition of law.
12. T he normal function of a proviso is to except something out of the enactment or to qualify
something stated in the enactment which would be within its purview if the proviso were
not there. The effect of the proviso is to qualify the preceding enactment which is expressed
in terms which are too general. As a general rule, a proviso is added to an enactment to
qualify or create an exception to what is in the enactment ordinarily a proviso is not
interpreted as it stating a general rule.
It is a cardinal rule of interpretation that a proviso to a particular provision of a statute only
embraces the field which is covered by the main provision. It carves out an exception to
the provision to which it has been enacted as a proviso and not to the other. (Ram Narain
Sons Ltd. Vs. Assistant Commissioner of Sales Tax. A.I.R,1995 SC 765)

PAPER – 3: COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
QUESTIONS
Material Cost
1. Ananya Ltd. produces a product ‘Exe’ using a raw material Dee. To produce one unit of
Exe, 2 kg of Dee is required. As per the sales forecast conducted by the company, it will
able to sale 10,000 units of Exe in the coming year. The following is the information
regarding the raw material Dee:
(i) The Re-order quantity is 200 kg. less than the Economic Order Quantity (EOQ).
(ii) Maximum consumption per day is 20 kg. more than the average consumption per day.
(iii) There is an opening stock of 1,000 kg.
(iv) Time required to get the raw materials from the suppliers is 4 to 8 days.
(v) The purchase price is `125 per kg.
There is an opening stock of 900 units of the finished product Exe.
The rate of interest charged by bank on Cash Credit facility is 13.76%.
To place an order company has to incur ` 720 on paper and documentation work.
From the above information FIND OUT the followings in relation to raw material Dee:
(a) Re-order Quantity
(b) Maximum Stock level
(c) Minimum Stock level
(d) CALCULATE the impact on the profitability of the company by not ordering the EOQ.
[Take 364 days for a year]
Employee (Labour) Cost
2. A Company is undecided as to what kind of wage scheme should be introduced. The
following particulars have been compiled in respect of three workers. Which are under
consideration of the management.
I II III
Actual hours worked 380 100 540
Hourly rate of wages (in `) 40 50 60
Productions in units:
- Product A 210 - 600
- Product B 360 - 1350
- Product C 460 250 -

Standard time allowed per unit of each product is:

A B C
Minutes 15 20 30
For the purpose of piece rate, each minute is valued at ` 1/-
You are required to CALCULATE the wages of each worker under:
(i) Guaranteed hourly rate basis
(ii) Piece work earning basis, but guaranteed at 75% of basic pay (Guaranteed hourly
rate if his earnings are less than 50% of basic pay.)
(iii) Premium bonus basis where the worker received bonus based on Rowan scheme.
Overheads- Absorption Costing Method
3. The Union Ltd. has the following account balances and distribution of direct charges on
31st March, 2019.
Production Depts. Service Depts.
Total Machine Shop Packing General Stores
Plant
Allocated Overheads: (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
Indirect labour 29,000 8,000 6,000 4,000 11,000
Maintenance Material 9,900 3,400 1,600 2,100 2,800
Misc. supplies 5,900 1,500 2,900 900 600
Supervisor’s salary 16,000 -- -- 16,000 --
Cost & payroll salary 80,000 -- -- 80,000 --
Overheads to be apportioned:
Power 78,000
Rent 72,000
Fuel and Heat 60,000
Insurance 12,000
Taxes 8,400
Depreciation 1,20,000
The following data were compiled by means of the factory survey made in the previous
year:
Floor Space Radiator No. of Investment H.P.
Section employees hours
Machine Shop 2,000 Sq. ft. 45 20 8,00,000 3,500

PAPER – 3: COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 123
Packing 800 Sq. ft. 90 12 2,40,000 500

General Plant 400 Sq. ft. 30 4 80,000 -
Stores & 1,600 Sq. ft. 60 8 1,60,000 1,000
maintenance
Expenses charged to the stores departments are to be distributed to the other departments
by the following percentages:
Machine shop 50%; Packing 20%; General Plant 30%;
General Plant overheads is distributed on the basis of number of employees.
(a) PREPARE an overhead distribution statement with supporting schedules to show
computations and basis of distribution.
(b) DETERMINE the service department distribution by simultaneous equation method.
Overheads- Activity Based Costing (ABC) Method
4. MST Limited has collected the following data for its two activities. It calculates activity cost
rates based on cost driver capacity.
Activity Cost Driver Capacity Cost (`)
Power Kilowatt hours 50,000 kilowatt hours 40,00,000
Quality Number of 10,000 Inspections 60,00,000
Inspections Inspections
The company makes three products M, S and T. For the year ended March 31, 20X9, the
following consumption of cost drivers was reported:
Product Kilowatt hours Quality Inspections
M 10,000 3,500
S 20,000 2,500
T 15,000 3,000
Required:
(i) PREPARE a statement showing cost allocation to each product from each activity.
(ii) CALCULATE the cost of unused capacity for each activity.
(iii) STATE the factors the management considers in choosing a capacity level to
compute the budgeted fixed overhead cost rate.
Cost Sheet
5. Following information relate to a manufacturing concern for the year ended 31 st March,
2019:

(`)
Raw Material (opening) 2,28,000
Raw Material (closing) 3,05,000
Purchases of Raw Material 42,25,000
Freight Inwards 1,00,000
Direct wages paid 12,56,000
Direct wages-outstanding at the end of the year 1,50,000
Factory Overheads 20% of prime cost
Work-in-progress (opening) 1,92,500
Work-in-progress (closing) 1,40,700
Administrative Overheads (related to production) 1,73,000
Distribution Expenses `16 per unit
Finished Stock (opening)- 1,217 Units 6,08,500
Sale of scrap of material 8,000
The firm produced 14,000 units of output during the year. The stock of finished goods at the
end of the year is valued at cost of production. The firm sold 14,153 units at a price of `618
per unit during the year.
PREPARE cost sheet of the firm.
Non-integrated Accounting
6. The following is the summarised Trading and Profit and Loss Account of XYZ Ltd. for the
year ended 31st March 2019:
Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (` )
(` )
Direct Material 14,16,000 Sales (30,000 units) 30,00,000
Direct wages 7,42,000 Finished stock (2,000 units) 1,67,500
Works overheads 4,26,000 Work-in-progress:
Administration overheads 1,50,000 - Materials 34,000
Selling and distribution 1,65,000 - Wages 16,000
overheads
Net profit for the year 3,22,500 - Works overhead 4,000 54,000
32,21,500 32,21,500
The company’s cost records show that in course of manufacturing a standard unit (i) works
overheads have been charged @ 20% on prime cost, (ii) administration overheads are

related with production activities and are recovered at `5 per finished unit, and (iii) selling
and distribution overheads are recovered at `6 per unit sold.
You are required to PREPARE:
(i) Costing Profit and Loss Account indicating the net profits,
(ii) A Statement showing reconciliation between profit as disclosed by the Cost Accounts
and Financial Accounts.
Contract Costing
7. Dream house (P) Ltd. is engaged in building two residential housing projects in the city.
Particulars related to two housing projects are as below:
HP-1 (` ) HP-2 (` )
Work in Progress on 1 April 2018
st 7,80,000 2,80,000
Materials Purchased 6,20,000 8,10,000
Land purchased near to the site to open an office - 12,00,000
Brokerage and registration fee paid on the above purchase - 60,000
Wages paid 85,000 62,000
Wages outstanding as on 31st March, 2019 12,000 8,400
Donation paid to local clubs 5,000 2,500
Plant hire charges paid for three years effecting from 1st 72,000 57,000
April 2018
Value of materials at site as on 31st March, 2019 47,000 52,000
Contract price of the projects 48,00,000 36,00,000
Value of work certified 20,50,000 16,10,000
Work not certified 1,90,000 1,40,000
A concrete mixture machine was bought on 1st April 2018 for `8,20,000 and used for 180
days in HP-1 and for 100 days in HP-2. Depreciation is provided @ 15% p.a. (this machine
can be used for any other projects)
PREPARE contract account for the two housing projects showing the notional profit or loss
on each project for the year ended 31st March, 2019.
Process Costing
8. Following information is available regarding process A for the month of February, 20X9:
Production Record:
Units in process as on 01.02.20X9 4,000
(All materials used, 25% complete for labour and overhead)

New units introduced 16,000

Units completed 14,000
Units in process as on 28.02.20X9 6,000
(All materials used, 33-1/3% complete for labour and overhead)
Cost Records:
Work-in-process as on 01.02.20X9 (`)
Materials 6,00,000
Labour 1,00,000
Overhead 1,00,000
8,00,000
Cost during the month
Materials 25,60,000
Labour 15,00,000
Overhead 15,00,000
55,60,000
Presuming that average method of inventory is used, PREPARE:
(i) Statement of Equivalent Production.
(ii) Statement showing Cost for each element.
(iii) Statement of Apportionment of cost.
(iv) Process Cost Account for Process A.
Joint Product and By Product
9. A company processes a raw material in its Department 1 to produce three products, viz.
A, B and X at the same split-off stage. During a period 1,80,000 kgs of raw materials were
processed in Department 1 at a total cost of ` 12,88,000 and the resultant output of A, B
and X were 18,000 kgs, 10,000 kgs and 54,000 kgs respectively. A and B were further
processed in Department 2 at a cost of `1,80,000 and `1,50,000 respectively.
X was further processed in Department 3 at a cost of `1,08,000. There is no waste in
further processing. The details of sales affected during the period were as under:
A B X
Quantity Sold (kgs.) 17,000 5,000 44,000
Sales Value (`) 12,24,000 2,50,000 7,92,000

There were no opening stocks. If these products were sold at split-off stage, the selling
prices of A, B and X would have been ` 50, ` 40 and ` 10 per kg respectively.
Required:
(i) PREPARE a statement showing the apportionment of joint costs to A, B and X.
(ii) PRESENT a statement showing the cost per kg of each product indicating joint cost
and further processing cost and total cost separately.
(iii) PREPARE a statement showing the product wise and total profit for the period.
(iv) STATE with supporting calculations as to whether any or all the products should be
further processed or not
Service Costing
10. A company runs a holiday home. For this purpose, it has hired a building at a rent of
`10,00,000 per month alongwith 5% of total taking. It has three types of suites for its
customers, viz., single room, double rooms and triple rooms.
Following information is given:
Type of suite Number Occupancy percentage
Single room 100 100%
Double rooms 50 80%
Triple rooms 30 60%
The rent of double rooms suite is to be fixed at 2.5 times of the single room suite and that
of triple rooms suite as twice of the double rooms suite.
The other expenses for the year 20X9 are as follows:
(` )
Staff salaries 14,25,00,000
Room attendants’ wages 4,50,00,000
Lighting, heating and power 2,15,00,000
Repairs and renovation 1,23,50,000
Laundry charges 80,50,000
Interior decoration 74,00,000
Sundries 1,53,00,000
Provide profit @ 20% on total taking and assume 360 days in a year.
You are required to CALCULATE the rent to be charged for each type of suite.

Standard Costing
11. ABC Ltd. had prepared the following estimation for the month of April:
Quantity Rate (` ) Amount (` )
Material-A 800 kg. 45.00 36,000
Material-B 600 kg. 30.00 18,000
Skilled labour 1,000 hours 37.50 37,500
Unskilled labour 800 hours 22.00 17,600
Normal loss was expected to be 10% of total input materials and an idle labour time of 5%
of expected labour hours was also estimated.
At the end of the month the following information has been collected from the cost
accounting department:
The company has produced 1,480 kg. finished product by using the followings:
Quantity Rate (` ) Amount (` )
Material-A 900 kg. 43.00 38,700
Material-B 650 kg. 32.50 21,125
Skilled labour 1,200 hours 35.50 42,600
Unskilled labour 860 hours 23.00 19,780
You are required to CALCULATE:

(a) Material Cost Variance;
(b) Material Price Variance;
(c) Material Mix Variance;
(d) Material Yield Variance;
(e) Labour Cost Variance;
(f) Labour Efficiency Variance and
(g) Labour Yield Variance.
Marginal Costing
12. MNP Ltd sold 2,75,000 units of its product at ` 375 per unit. Variable costs are ` 175 per
unit (manufacturing costs of `140 and selling cost `35 per unit). Fixed costs are incurred
uniformly throughout the year and amount to `3,50,00,000 (including depreciation of
` 1,50,00,000). there are no beginning or ending inventories.
Required:
(i) COMPUTE breakeven sales level quantity and cash breakeven sales level quantity.

(ii) COMPUTE the P/V ratio.

(iii) COMPUTE the number of units that must be sold to earn an income (EBIT) of
` 25,00,000.
(iv) COMPUTE the sales level achieve an after-tax income (PAT) of ` 25,00,000. Assume
40% corporate Income Tax rate.
Budget and Budgetary Control
13. S Ltd. has prepared budget for the coming year for its two products A and B.
Product A (` ) Product B (` )
Production & Sales unit 6,000 units 9,000 units
Raw material cost per unit 60.00 42.00
Direct labour cost per unit 30.00 18.00
Variable overhead per unit 12.00 6.00
Fixed overhead per unit 8.00 4.00
Selling price per unit 120.00 78.00
After some marketing efforts, the sales quantity of the Product A & B can be increased by
1,500 units and 500 units respectively but for this purpose the variable overhead and fixed
overhead will be increased by 10% and 5% respectively for the both products.
You are required to PREPARE flexible budget for both the products:
(a) Before marketing efforts
(b) After marketing efforts.
Miscellaneous
14. (a) DISTINGUISH between Cost Control and Cost Reduction.
(b) DISCUSS the accounting treatment of Idle time and overtime wages.
(c) DISCUSS cost classification based on variability and controllability.
SUGGESTED HINTS/ANSWERS
1. Working Notes:
(i) Computation of Annual consumption & Annual Demand for raw material ‘Dee’:
Sales forecast of the product ‘Exe’ 10,000 units
Less: Opening stock of ‘Exe’ 900 units
Fresh units of ‘Exe’ to be produced 9,100 units

Raw material required to produce 9,100 units of ‘Exe’ 18,200 kg.

(9,100 units × 2 kg.)
Less: Opening Stock of ‘Dee’ 1,000 kg.
Annual demand for raw material ‘Dee’ 17,200 kg.
(ii) Computation of Economic Order Quantity (EOQ):
2  Annualdemandof 'Dee '  Orderingcos t
EOQ =
Carryingcos t per unit per annum
2 17,200kg. ` 720 2 17,200kg. ` 720

= = = 1,200 kg.
` 125 13.76% ` 17.2
(iii) Re- Order level:

= (Maximum consumption per day × Maximum lead time)
 AnnualConsumptionof 'Dee '  
=   20kg.   8 days 
 364 days  
 18,200kg.  
=   20kg.   8 days  = 560 kg.
 364 days  
(iv) Minimum consumption per day of raw material ‘Dee’:
Average Consumption per day = 50 Kg.
Hence, Maximum Consumption per day = 50 kg. + 20 kg. = 70 kg.
So Minimum consumption per day will be
Min.consumption  Max.consumption
Average Consumption =
2
Min.consumption  70kg.
Or, 50 kg. =
2
Or, Min. consumption = 100 kg – 70 kg. = 30 kg.
(a) Re-order Quantity :
EOQ – 200 kg. = 1,200 kg. – 200 kg. = 1,000 kg.
(b) Maximum Stock level:
= Re-order level + Re-order Quantity – (Min. consumption per day × Min. lead
time)
= 560 kg. + 1,000 kg. – (30 kg. × 4 days)

= 1,560 kg. – 120 kg. = 1,440 kg.

(c) Minimum Stock level:
= Re-order level – (Average consumption per day × Average lead time)
= 560 kg. – (50 kg. × 6 days) = 260 kg.
(d) Impact on the profitability of the company by not ordering the EOQ.
When purchasing the ROQ When purchasing the EOQ
I Order quantity 1,000 kg. 1,200 kg.

II No. of orders a 17,200kg. 17,200kg.
17.2or18orders 14.33or15orders
year 1,000kg. 1,200kg.
III Ordering Cost 18 orders × ` 720 = `12,960 15 orders × ` 720 = `10,800

IV Average 1,000kg. 1,200kg.
 500kg.  600kg.
Inventory 2 2
V Carrying Cost 500 kg. × ` 17.2 = ` 8,600 600 kg. × ` 17.2 = ` 10,320
VI Total Cost ` 21,560 ` 21,120
Extra Cost incurred due to not ordering EOQ = ` 21,560 - ` 21,120 = `440
2. (i) Computation of wages of each worker under guaranteed hourly rate basis
Worker Actual hours Hourly wage rate Wages (` )
worked (Hours) (` )
I 380 40 15,200
II 100 50 5,000
III 540 60 32,400
(ii) Computation of Wages of each worker under piece work earning basis
Product Piece rate Worker-I Worker-II Worker-III
per unit
(` ) Units Wages Units Wages Units Wages
(` ) (` ) (` )
A 15 210 3,150 - - 600 9,000
B 20 360 7,200 - - 1,350 27,000
C 30 460 13,800 250 7,500 - -
Total 24,150 7,500 36,000

Since each worker’s earnings are more than 50% of basic pay. Therefore, worker-I,
II and III will be paid the wages as computed i.e. ` 24,150, ` 7,500 and ` 36,000
respectively.
Working Notes:
1. Piece rate per unit
Product Standard time per Piece rate each Piece rate per
unit in minute minute (` ) unit (` )
A 15 1 15
B 20 1 20
C 30 1 30
2. Time allowed to each worker
Worker Product-A Product-B Product-C Total Time (H
ours)
I 210 units × 15 360 units × 20 460 units × 30 24,150/60
= 3,150 = 7,200 = 13,800 = 402.50
II - - 250 units × 30 7,500/60
= 7,500 = 125
III 600 units × 15 1, 350 units × 20 - 36,000/60
= 9,000 = 27,000 = 600
(iii) Computation of wages of each worker under Premium bonus basis (where each
worker receives bonus based on Rowan Scheme)
Worker Time Time Time Wage Earnings Bonus Total
Allowed Taken saved Rate per (` ) (` )* Earning
(Hr.) (Hr.) (Hr.) hour (` ) (` )
I 402.5 380 22.5 40 15,200 850 16,050
II 125 100 25 50 5,000 1,000 6,000
III 600 540 60 60 32,400 3,240 35,640
Time Taken
*  TimeSaved  WageRate
Time Allowed
380
Worker-I =  22.5  40  850
402.5
100
Worker-II =  25  50  1,000
125

540
Worker-III =  60  60  3,240
600
3. (a) Overhead Distribution Statement
Production Service Departments
Departments
Machine Packing General Stores
Shops Plant
Allocated Overheads: (`) (`) (`) (`)
Indirect labour 8,000 6,000 4,000 11,000
Maintenance Material 3,400 1,600 2,100 2,800
Misc. supplies 1,500 2,900 900 600
Supervisor’s salary -- -- 16,000 --
Cost & payroll salary -- -- 80,000 --
Total allocated overheads 12,900 10,500 1,03,000 14,400
Add: Apportioned Overheads 1,84,350 70,125 22,775 73,150
(As per Schedule below)
1,97,250 80,625 1,25,775 87,550
Schedule of Apportionment of Overheads
Production Service Departments
Departments
Item of Cost Basis
Machine Packing General Stores
Shops (`) (`) Plant (`) (`)
Power HP hours 54,600 7,800 -- 15,600
(7 : 1 : - : 2)
Rent Floor space 30,000 12,000 6,000 24,000
(5 : 2 : 1 : 4)
Fuel & Heat Radiator sec. 12,000 24,000 8,000 16,000
(3 : 6 : 2 : 4)
Insurance Investment 7,500 2,250 750 1,500
(10 : 3 : 1 : 2)
Taxes Investment 5,250 1,575 525 1,050
(10 : 3 : 1 : 2)
Depreciation Investment 75,000 22,500 7,500 15,000
(10 : 3 : 1 : 2)
1,84,350 70,125 22,775 73,150

(b) Re-distribution of Overheads of Service Departments to Production

Departments:
Let, the total overheads of General Plant = ‘a’ and the total overheads of Stores = ‘b’
a = 1,25,775 + 0.3b ..........................................(i)
b = 87,550 + 0.2a ..........................................(ii)
Putting the value of ‘b’ in equation no. (i)
a = 1,25,775 + 0.3 (87,550 + 0.2a)
Or a = 1,25,775 + 26,265 + 0.06a
Or 0.94a = 1,52,040 Or a = 1,61,745 (appx.)
Putting the value of a = 1,61,745 in equation no. (ii) to get the value of ‘b’
b = 87,550 + 0.2 × 1,61,745 = 1,19,899
Secondary Distribution Summary
Particulars Total (` ) Machine Shops (` ) Packing (` )
Allocated and Apportioned 2,77,875 1,97,250.00 80,625.00
overheads as per Primary
distribution
- General Plant 1,61,745 80,872.50 48,523.50
5 3
(1,61,745 × ) (1,61,745 × )
10 10
- Stores 1,19,899 59,949.50 23,979.80
(1,19,899 × 50% ) (1,19,899 ×
20% )
3,38,072.00 1,53,128.30
4. (i) Statement of cost allocation to each product from each activity
Product
M (` ) S (` ) T (` ) Total (` )
Power 8,00,000 16,00,000 12,00,000 36,00,000
(Refer to (10,000 kWh × (20,000 kWh × `80) (15,000 kWh ×
working note) `80) `80)
Quality 21,00,000 15,00,000 18,00,000 54,00,000
Inspections (3,500 (2,500 inspections × (3,000
(Refer to inspections × `600) inspections ×
working note) `600) `600)

Working Note:
Rate per unit of cost driver:
Power : (` 40,00,000 ÷ 50,000 kWh) = ` 80/kWh
Quality Inspection : (` 60,00,000 ÷ 10,000 inspections) = ` 600 per inspection
(ii) Calculation of cost of unused capacity for each activity:
(` )
Power 4,00,000
(`40,00,000 – `36,00,000)
Quality Inspections 6,00,000
(`60,00,000 – `54,00,000)
Total cost of unused capacity 10,00,000
(iii) Factors management consider in choosing a capacity level to compute the
budgeted fixed overhead cost rate:
- Effect on product costing & capacity management
- Effect on pricing decisions.
- Effect on performance evaluation
- Effect on financial statements
- Regulatory requirements.
- Difficulties in forecasting for any capacity level.
5. Cost sheet for the year ended 31 st March, 2019.
Units produced - 14,000 units
Units sold - 14,153 units
Particulars Amount (` )
Raw materials purchased 42,25,000
Add: Freight Inward 1,00,000
Add: Opening value of raw materials 2,28,000
Less: Closing value of raw materials (3,05,000)
42,48,000
Less: Sale of scrap of material (8,000)
Materials consumed 42,40,000
Direct Wages (12,56,000 + 1,50,000) 14,06,000

Prime Cost 56,46,000

Factory overheads (20% of Prime Cost) 11,29,200
Add: Opening value of W-I-P 1,92,500
Less: Closing value of W-I-P (1,40,700)
Factory Cost 68,27,000
Add: Administrative overheads 1,73,000
Cost of Production 70,00,000
Add: Value of opening finished stock 6,08,500
Less: Value of closing finished stock (5,32,000)
[` 500(70,00,000/14,000) × 1,064]
(1,217+ 14,000 – 14,153 = 1,064 units)
Cost of Goods Sold 70,76,500
Distribution expenses (`16 × 14,153 units) 2,26,448
Cost of Sales 73,02,948
Profit (Balancing figure) 14,43,606
Sales (` 618 × 14,153 units) 87,46,554
6. (i) Costing Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31 st March 2019:
Particulars Amount (` ) Particulars Amount (` )
Material consumed 14,16,000 Sales (30,000 units) 30,00,000
Direct wages 7,42,000
Prime Cost 21,58,000
Works overheads 4,31,600
(20% of Prime cost)
25,89,600
Less: Work in progress (54,000)
Factory cost 25,35,600
Administration overheads 1,60,000
(`5 × 32,000 units)
Cost of production 26,95,600
Less: Finished stock (1,68,475)
Cost of goods sold 25,27,125

Selling and distribution 1,80,000

overheads
(`6 × 30,000 unit)
Cost of sales 27,07,125
Profit (balancing figure) 2,92,875
30,00,000 30,00,000
(ii) Statement reconciling the profit as per costing profit and loss account with the profit
as per financial accounts
Particulars Amount Amount
(` ) (` )
Profit as per cost records 2,92,875
Add: Overheads over-absorbed:
- Works overheads (` 4,31,600 – ` 4,26,000) 5,600
- Administration OH (` 1,60,000 – ` 1,50,000) 10,000
- Selling and Distribution (` 1,80,000 – ` 1,65,000) 15,000 30,600
Less: Closing stock overvalued (` 1,68,475 – ` 1,67,500) (975)
Profit as per financial accounts 3,22,500
*It is assumed that the number of units Produced
= Number of units sold + Finished stock = 30,000 + 2,000 = 32,000 units.
7. Dr. Contract Account for the year ended 31 st March, 2019 Cr.
Particulars HP-1 (` ) HP-2 (` ) Particulars HP-1 (` ) HP-2 (` )
To Balance b/d: W-I-P 7,80,000 2,80,000 By Closing 47,000 52,000
material at
site
To Material purchased 6,20,000 8,10,000 By W-I-P:
To Wages: (`85,000+`12,000) Value of work 20,50,000 16,10,000
(`62,000+`8,400) 97,000 certified
70,400 Cost of work
not certified 1,90,000 1,40,000
To Donation to local club* 5,000 2,500
To Plant hire charges:
(`72,000x1/3) 24,000
(`57,000x1/3) 19,000

To Depreciation on
concrete mixture**:
(`8,20,000x15% x180/365) 60,658
(`8,20,000x15% x100/365) 33,699
To Notional profit 7,00,342 5,86,401
22,87,000 18,02,000 22,87,000 18,02,000
* Assuming donation paid to local club was exclusively for the above projects, hence
included in the contract account.
** Depreciation on concrete mixture machine is charged on the basis of number of days
used for the projects, as it is clearly mentioned in the question that this machine can be
used for other projects also.
(Land purchased and brokerage and registration fee paid for this purpose cannot be
charged to contract account, hence not included in the contract account)
8. (i) Statement of Equivalent Production (Average cost method)
Input Particulars Output Equivalent Production
(Units) Units Materials Labour Overheads
(%*) Units** (% )* Units** (%)* Units**
20,000 Completed 14,000 100 14,000 100 14,000 100 14,000
WIP 6,000 100 6,000 33- /3
1 2,000 33-1/3 2,000
20,000 20,000 20,000 16,000 16,000
*Percentage of completion ** Equivalent units
(ii) Statement showing Cost for each element
Particulars Materials Labour Overhead Total
Cost of opening work-in- 6,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 8,00,000
progress (`)
Cost incurred during the 25,60,000 15,00,000 15,00,000 55,60,000
month (`)
Total cost (`) : (A) 31,60,000 16,00,000 16,00,000 63,60,000
Equivalent units : (B) 20,000 16,000 16,000
Cost per equivalent unit (`) : 158 100 100 358
C= (A ÷ B)

(iii) Statement of Apportionment of cost

(` ) (` )
Value of output transferred: (A) (14,000 units × ` 358) 50,12,000
Value of closing work-in-progress: (B)
Material (6,000 units × `158) 9,48,000
Labour (2,000 units × ` 100) 2,00,000
Overhead (2,000 units × ` 100) 2,00,000 13,48,000
Total cost : (A + B) 63,60,000
(iv) Process- A Account
Particulars Units (` ) Particulars Units (` )
To Opening WIP 4,000 8,00,000 By Completed 14,000 50,12,000
units
To Materials 16,000 25,60,000 By Closing WIP 6,000 13,48,000
To Labour 15,00,000
To Overhead 15,00,000
20,000 63,60,000 20,000 63,60,000
9. (i) Statement showing the apportionment of joint costs to A, B and X

Products A B X Total
Output (kg) 18,000 10,000 54,000
Sales value 9,00,000 4,00,000 5,40,000 18,40,000
at the point of (` 50 x 18,000) (` 40 x 10,000) (` 10 x 54,000)
split off (`)
Joint cost 6,30,000 2,80,000 3,78,000 12,88,000
apportion-  ` 12,88,000   ` 12,88,000   ` 12,88,000 
ment on the  ` 18,40,000 x ` 9,00,000   x ` 4,00,000   ` 18,40,000 x ` 5,40,000 
   ` 18,40,000   
basis of sales
value at the
point of split
off (`)
(ii) Statement showing the cost per kg. of each product

(indicating joint cost; further processing cost and total cost separately)
Products A B X
Joint costs apportioned (`) : (I) 6,30,000 2,80,000 3,78,000

Production (kg) : (II) 18,000 10,000 54,000

Joint cost per kg (`): (I ÷ II) 35 28 7
Further processing Cost per kg. 10 15 2
(`)  ` 1,80,000   ` 1,50,000   ` 1,08,000 
     
 18,000kg   10,000kg   54,000kg 
Total cost per kg (`) 45 43 9
(iii) Statement showing the product wise and total profit for the period
Sales value (`) 12,24,000 2,50,000 7,92,000
Add: Closing stock value (`)
(Refer to Working note 2) 45,000 2,15,000 90,000
Value of production (`) 12,69,000 4,65,000 8,82,000 26,16,000
Apportionment of joint cost (`) 6,30,000 2,80,000 3,78,000
Add: Further processing cost (`) 1,80,000 1,50,000 1,08,000
Total cost (`) 8,10,000 4,30,000 4,86,000 17,26,000
Profit (`) 4,59,000 35,000 3,96,000 8,90,000
Working Notes
1.
Products A B X
Sales value (`) 12,24,000 2,50,000 7,92,000
Quantity sold (Kgs.) 17,000 5,000 44,000
Selling price `/kg 72 50 18
 ` 12,24,000   ` 2,50,000   ` 7,92,000 
     
 17,000kg   5,000kg   44,000kg 
2. Valuation of closing stock:

Since the selling price per kg of products A, B and X is more than their total
costs, therefore closing stock will be valued at cost.
Closing stock 1,000 5,000 10,000
(kgs.)
Cost per kg (`) 45 43 9

Closing stock 45,000 2,15,000 90,000 3,50,000

value (`) (` 45 x 1,000 kg) (` 43 x 5,000 kg) (`9x10,000 kg)
(iv) Calculations for processing decision

Products A B X
Selling price per kg at the point of split off (`) 50 40 10
Selling price per kg after further processing (`) 72 50 18
(Refer to working Note 1)
Incremental selling price per kg (`) 22 10 8
Less: Further processing cost per kg (`) (10) (15) (2)
Incremental profit (loss) per kg (`) 12 (5) 6
Product A and X has an incremental profit per unit after further processing, hence,
these two products may be further processed. However, further processing of product
B is not profitable hence, product B shall be sold at split off point.
10. (i) Total equivalent single room suites
Nature of suite Occupancy (Room-days) Equivalent single room
suites (Room-days)
Single room suites 36,000 36,000
(100 rooms  360 days  100% ) (36,000  1)
Double rooms suites 14,400 36,000
(50 rooms  360 days  80% ) (14,400  2.5)
Triple rooms suites 6,480 32,400
(30 rooms  360 days  60% ) (6,480  5)
1,04,400
(ii) Statement of total cost:
(` )
Staff salaries 14,25,00,000
Room attendant’s wages 4,50,00,000
Lighting, heating and power 2,15,00,000
Repairs and renovation 1,23,50,000
Laundry charges 80,50,000
Interior decoration 74,00,000
Sundries 1,53,00,000
25,21,00,000

Building rent {(`10,00,000  12 months) + 5% 1,20,00,000+ 5% on total takings

on total taking}
Total cost 26,41,00,000 + 5% on total takings
Profit is 20% of total takings
 Total takings = ` 26,41,00,000 + 25% (5% +20%) of total takings
Let x be rent for single room suite
Then 1,04,400 x = 26,41,00,000 + 0.25 × 1,04,400 x
Or, 1,04,400 x = 26,41,00,000 + 26,100 x
Or, 78,300 x = 26,41,00,000
Or, x = 3,373
(iii) Rent to be charged for single room suite = ` 3,373
Rent for double rooms suites ` 3,373  2.5 = ` 8,432.5
Rent for triple rooms suites ` 3,373  5 = ` 16,865
11. Material Variances:
Material SQ SP SQ × SP RSQ RSQ × SP AQ AQ × SP AP AQ × AP
(WN-1) (`) (`) (WN-2) (`) (`) (`) (`)
A 940 kg. 45.00 42,300 886 kg. 39,870 900 kg. 40,500 43.00 38,700
B 705 kg. 30.00 21,150 664 kg. 19,920 650 kg. 19,500 32.50 21,125
1645 kg 63,450 1550 kg 59,790 1550 kg 60,000 59,825
WN-1: Standard Quantity (SQ):

 800kg. 
Material A-  1,480kg.  = 939.68 or 940 kg.
 0.9 1,400kg. 
 600kg. 
Material B-  1,480kg.  = 704.76 or 705 kg.
 0.9 1,400kg. 
WN- 2: Revised Standard Quantity (RSQ):
 800kg. 
Material A-  1,550kg.  = 885.71 or 886 kg.
 1,400kg. 
 600kg. 
Material B-  1,550kg.  = 664.28 or 664 kg.
 1,400kg. 

(a) Material Cost Variance (A + B) = {(SQ × SP) – (AQ × AP)}

= {63,450 – 59,825} = 3,625 (F)
(b) Material Price Variance (A + B) = {(AQ × SP) – (AQ × AP)
= {60,000 – 59,825} = 175 (F)
(c) Material Mix Variance (A + B) = {(RSQ × SP) – (AQ × SP)}
= {59,790 – 60,000} = 210 (A)
(d) Material Yield Variance (A + B) = {(SQ × SP) – (RSQ × SP)}
= {63,450 – 59,790} = 3,660 (F)
Labour Variances:
Labour SH SR SH × SR RSH RSH × SR AH AH × SR AR AH × AR
(WN-3) (`) (`) (WN-4) (`) (`) (`) (`)
Skilled 1,116 hrs 37.50 41,850 1144 42,900 1,200 45,000 35.50 42,600
Unskilled 893 hrs 22.00 19,646 916 20,152 860 18,920 23.00 19,780
2,009 hrs 61,496 2,060 63,052 2,060 63,920 62,380
WN- 3: Standard Hours (SH):

 0.95 1,000hr. 
Skilled labour-  1,480kg.  =1,115.87 or 1,116 hrs.
 0.90  1,400kg. 
 0.95  800hr. 
Unskilled labour-  1,480kg.  = 892.69 or 893 hrs.
 0.90  1,400kg. 
WN- 4: Revised Standard Hours (RSH):
 1,000hr. 
Skilled labour-   2,060hr.  = 1,144.44 or 1,144 hrs.
 1,800hr. 
 800hr. 
Unskilled labour-   2,060hr.  = 915.56 or 916 hrs.
 1,800hr. 
(e) Labour Cost Variance (Skilled + Unskilled) = {(SH × SR) – (AH × AR)}
= {61,496 – 62,380} = 884 (A)
(f) Labour Efficiency Variance (Skilled + Unskilled) = {(SH × SR) – (AH × SR)}
= {61,496 – 63,920} = 2,424 (A)
(g) Labour Yield Variance (Skilled + Unskilled) = {(SH × SR) – (RSH × SR)}

= {61,496 – 63,052} = 1,556 (A)

12. (i) Contribution = `375 - `175 = `200 per unit.
Fixed cost
Break even Sales Quantity = = ` 3,50,00,000 = 1,75,000 units
Contribution margin per unit ` 200
Cash Fixed Cost

Cash Break even Sales Qty= = `2,00,00,000 = 1,00,000 units.
Contribution margin per unit `200
Contribution/ unit ` 200

(ii) P/V ratio = 100 =  100 = 53.33%
Selling Pr ice / unit ` 375
(iii) No. of units that must be sold to earn an Income (EBIT) of ` 25,00,000
Fixed cost  Desired EBIT level 3,50,00,000  25,00,000
= = 1,87,500 units
Contribution margin per unit 200
(iv) After Tax Income (PAT) = `25,00,000
Tax rate = 40%
`25,00,000
Desired level of Profit before tax = 100 = `41,66,667
60
FixedCost  DesiredPr ofit
Estimate Sales Level =
P / Vratio
 FixedCost  DesiredPr ofit 
Or,   SellingPr ice per unit 
 Contributionper unit 
`3,50,00,000  ` 41,66,667
= = `7,34,42,091
53.33%
13. (a) Flexible Budget before marketing efforts:
6,000 units 9,000 units
Per unit Total Per unit Total
Sales 120.00 7,20,000 78.00 7,02,000
Raw material cost 60.00 3,60,000 42.00 3,78,000
Direct labour cost per unit 30.00 1,80,000 18.00 1,62,000
Variable overhead per unit 12.00 72,000 6.00 54,000
Fixed overhead per unit 8.00 48,000 4.00 36,000

Total cost 110.00 6,60,000 70.00 6,30,000

Profit 10.00 60,000 8.00 72,000
(b) Flexible Budget after marketing efforts:
7,500 units 9,500 units
Per unit Total Per unit Total
Sales 120.00 9,00,000 78.00 7,41,000
Raw material cost 60.00 4,50,000 42.00 3,99,000
Direct labour cost per unit 30.00 2,25,000 18.00 1,71,000
Variable overhead per unit 13.20 99,000 6.60 62,700
Fixed overhead per unit 6.72 50,400 3.98 37,800
Total cost 109.92 8,24,400 70.58 6,70,500
Profit 10.08 75,600 7.42 70,500
14. (a) Difference between Cost Control and Cost Reduction
Cost Control Cost Reduction
1. Cost control aims at maintaining 1. Cost reduction is concerned with
the costs in accordance with the reducing costs. It challenges all
established standards. standards and endeavours to
better them continuously
2. Cost control seeks to attain lowest 2. Cost reduction recognises no
possible cost under existing condition as permanent, since a
conditions. change will result in lower cost.
3. In case of cost control, emphasis 3. In case of cost reduction, it is on
is on past and present present and future.
4. Cost control is a preventive 4. Cost reduction is a corrective
function function. It operates even when an
efficient cost control system
exists.
5. Cost control ends when targets 5. Cost reduction has no visible end.
are achieved.
(b) Accounting treatment of idle time wages & overtime wages in cost accounts:
Normal idle time is treated as a part of the cost of production. Thus, in the case of
direct workers, an allowance for normal idle time is built into the labour cost rates. In
the case of indirect workers, normal idle time is spread over all the products or jobs
through the process of absorption of factory overheads.

Under Cost Accounting, the overtime premium is treated as follows:

➢ If overtime is resorted to at the desire of the customer, then the overtim e
premium may be charged to the job directly.
➢ If overtime is required to cope with general production program or for meeting
urgent orders, the overtime premium should be treated as overhead cost of
particular department or cost center which works overtime.
➢ Overtime worked on account of abnormal conditions should be charged to
costing Profit & Loss Account.
➢ If overtime is worked in a department due to the fault of another department the
overtime premium should be charged to the latter department.
(c) Cost classification based on variability
(a) Fixed Costs – These are the costs which are incurred for a period, and which,
within certain output and turnover limits, tend to be unaffected by fluctuations in
the levels of activity (output or turnover). They do not tend to increase or
decrease with the changes in output. For example, rent, insurance of factory
building etc., remain the same for different levels of production.
(b) Variable Costs – These costs tend to vary with the volume of activity. Any
increase in the activity results in an increase in the variable cost and vice-versa.
For example, cost of direct labour, etc.
(c) Semi-variable Costs – These costs contain both fixed and variable components
and are thus partly affected by fluctuations in the level of activity. Examples of
semi variable costs are telephone bills, gas and electricity etc.
Cost classification based on controllability
(a) Controllable Costs - Cost that can be controlled, typically by a cost, profit or
investment centre manager is called controllable cost. Controllable costs
incurred in a particular responsibility centre can be influenced by the action of
the executive heading that responsibility centre. For example, direct costs
comprising direct labour, direct material, direct expenses and some of the
overheads are generally controllable by the shop level management.
(b) Uncontrollable Costs - Costs which cannot be influenced by the action of a
specified member of an undertaking are known as uncontrollable costs. For
example, expenditure incurred by, say, the tool room is controllable by the
foreman in-charge of that section but the share of the tool-room expenditure
which is apportioned to a machine shop is not to be controlled by the machine
shop foreman.

PAPER 4: TAXATION
SECTION A: INCOME TAX LAW
PART I: STATUTORY UPDATE

The Income-tax law, as amended by the Finance Act, 2018, including significant notifications/
circulars issued upto 31 st October, 2018 are applicable for May, 2019 examination. The
relevant assessment year for May, 2019 examination is A.Y.2019-20. The July 2018 edition of
the Study Material is based on the provisions of income-tax law as amended by the Finance
Act, 2018 and significant notifications/circulars issued upto 30 th April, 2018.
The significant notifications/circulars made between 1.4.2018 and 31.10.2018 which are
relevant for May, 2019 examination are given hereunder.
Chapter 3: Incomes which do not form part of Total Income
Computation of admissible deduction u/s 10AA of the Income-tax Act, 1961 [Circular No.
4/2018, Dated 14-8-2018]
As per the provisions of section 10AA(7), the profits derived from export of articles or things or
services (including computer software) shall be the amount which bears to the profits of the
business of the undertaking, being the Unit, the same proportion as the export turnover in
respect of such articles or things or services bears to the total turnover of the business carried
on by the undertaking.
Further as per clause (i) to Explanation 1 to section 10AA, "export turnover" means the
consideration in respect of export by the undertaking, being the Unit of articles or things or
services received in, or brought into, India by the assessee, but does not include freight,
telecommunication charges or insurance attributable to the delivery of the articles or things
outside India or expenses, if any, incurred in foreign exchange in rendering of services
(including computer software) outside India.
The issue of whether freight, telecommunication charges and insurance expenses are to be
excluded from both "export turnover"' and "total turnover' while working out deduction
admissible under section 10AA on the ground that they are attributable to delivery of articles
or things outside India has been highly contentious. Similarly, the issue whether charges for
rendering services outside India are to be excluded both from "export turnover" and "total
turnover" while computing deduction admissible under section 10AA on the ground that such
charges are relatable towards expenses incurred in convertible foreign exchange in rendering
services outside India has also been highly contentious.
The controversy has been finally settled by the Hon'ble Supreme Court vide its judgment
dated 24.4.2018 in the case of Commissioner of Income Tax, Central-III Vs. M/s HCL
Technologies Ltd. (CA No. 8489-8490 of 2013, NJRS Citation 2018-LL-0424-40), in relation to
section 10A.

The issue had been examined by CBDT and it is clarified, in line with the above decision of
the Supreme Court, that freight, telecommunication charges and insurance expenses are
to be excluded both from "export turnover" and "total turnover', while working out
deduction admissible under section 10AA to the extent they are attributable to the
delivery of articles or things outside India.
Similarly, expenses incurred in foreign exchange for rendering services outside India are
to be excluded from both "export turnover" and "total turnover" while computing
deduction admissible under section 10AA.
Note: Though this CBDT Circular is issued in relation to erstwhile section 10A, the same is
also relevant in the context of section 10AA. Accordingly, the reference to section 10A in the
Circular and the relevant sub-section and Explanation number thereto have been modified and
given with reference to section 10AA and the corresponding sub-sections, Explanation number
and clause of Explanation.
Chapter 9: Advance Tax, Tax Deduction at Source and Introduction to Tax Collection at
Source
No tax is required to be deducted at source on interest payable on “Power Finance

Corporation Limited 54EC Capital Gains Bond” and “Indian Railway Finance
Corporation Limited 54EC Capital Gains Bond” – [Notification No. 27 & 28/2018, dated
18-06-2018]
Section 193 (Interest on securities) provides that the person responsible for paying to a
resident any income by way of interest on securities shall, at the time of credit of such income
to the account of the payee or at the time of payment thereof in cash or by issue of a cheque
or draft or by any other mode, whichever is earlier, deduct income-tax @ 10%, being the rates
in force on the amount of the interest payable.
As per clause (iib) of the proviso to section 193, no tax is required to be deducted at source
from any interest payable on such debentures, issued by any institution or authority, or any
public sector company, or any co-operative society (including a co-operative land mortgage
bank or a co-operative land development bank), as the Central Government may, by
notification in the Official Gazette, specify in this behalf.
Accordingly, the Central Government has, vide this notification, specified -
(i) “Power Finance Corporation Limited 54EC Capital Gains Bond” issued by Power Finance
Corporation Limited {PFCL} and
(ii) “Indian Railway Finance Corporation Limited 54EC Capital Gains Bond” issued by Indian
Railway Finance Corporation Limited {IRFCL}

PAPER – 4: TAXATION 149
The benefit of this exemption would, however, be admissible in the case of transfer of such
bonds by endorsement or delivery, only if the transferee informs PFCL/IRFCL by registered
post within a period of sixty days of such transfer.
PART II: QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS
I. Mr. Sumit is an Indian citizen and a member of the crew of an America bound Indian ship
engaged in carriage of freight in international traffic departing from Kochi on 25 th April,
2018. From the following details for the P.Y. 2018-19, determine the residential status of
Mr. Sumit for A.Y. 2019-20, assuming that his stay in India in the last 4 previous years
preceding P.Y. 2018-19 is 365 days and last seven previous years preceding P.Y.
2018-19 is 730 days:
Date entered in the Continuous Discharge Certificate in respect of joining the ship by Mr.
Sumit: 25th April, 2018
Date entered in the Continuous Discharge Certificate in respect of signing off the ship by
Mr. Sumit: 24th October, 2018
Mr. Sumit has been filing his income tax return in India as a Resident for previous 2
years.
What is his residential status for A.Y. 2019-20:
(a) Resident and ordinarily resident
(b) Resident but not-ordinarily resident
(c) Non-resident
(d) Non-resident till 24.10.2018 and resident till 31.03.2019
II. Aashish earns the following income during the P.Y. 2018-19:
• Interest on U.K. Development Bonds (1/4th being received in India): `4,00,000
• Capital gain on sale of a building in India but received in Holland: ` 6,00,000
If Aashish is a resident but not ordinarily resident in India, then what will be amount of
income chargeable to tax in India for A.Y. 2019-20?
(a) ` 7,00,000
(b) ` 10,00,000
(c) ` 6,00,000
(d) ` 1,00,000

III. Mr. Anay (aged 25) has agricultural income of ` 2,10,000 and business income of
` 2,35,000. Which of the following statement is correct?
(a) Agricultural income always has to be aggregated with business income for rate
purposes
(b) No aggregation is required since business income which constitutes his total
income, is less than basic exemption limit
(c) No aggregation is required since agricultural income is less than basic exemption
limit
(d) Agricultural income is exempt under section 10(1) but the same has to be
aggregated with business income, since it exceeds ` 5,000
IV. Miss Riya has started working in a reputed company. This is her first job. She earned
total income of `8 Lakhs in P.Y. 2018-19. While filing her return of income she had a
doubt with respect to deduction of transport allowance. Her father advised her that she
cannot claim deduction of transport allowance while her friend told that maximum
deduction of `1600 p.m. in respect of the said allowance can be claimed. According to
you, what is the correct treatment for the same?
(a) Transport allowance upto a maximum `1600 per month can be claimed.
(b) Transport allowance upto a maximum `800 per month can be claimed.
(c) No separate deduction for transport allowance is allowed. However, a standard
deduction of ` 40,000 is allowed to salaried assessees.
(d) Deduction of transport allowance is allowed without any monetary limit.
V. In respect of loss from house property, which of the following statements are correct?
(a) While computing income from any house property, the maximum interest deduction
allowable under section 24 is ` 2 lakhs
(b) Loss from house property relating to a particular year can be set-off against income
under any other head during that year only to the extent of ` 2 lakhs
(c) The loss in excess of ` 2 lakh, which is not set-off during the year, can be carried
forward for set-off against any head of income in the succeeding year(s)
(d) All the above
VI. M/s ABC, an eligible assessee, following mercantile system of accounting, carrying on
eligible business under section 44AD provides the following details:
♦ Total turnover for the financial year 2018-19 is ` 130 lakh
♦ Out of the above:
• ` 25 lakh received by A/c payee cheque during the financial year 2018-19;
• ` 50 lakh received by cash during the financial year 2018-19;

• ` 25 lakh received by A/c payee bank draft before the due date of filing of
return;
• ` 30 lakh not received till due date of filing of return.
Compute the amount of deemed profits of M/s ABC under section 44AD(1) for A.Y.
2019-20.
(a) ` 10.4 lakh
(b) ` 7.0 lakh
(c) ` 5.5 lakh
(d) ` 9.4 lakh
VII. Ram owns 500, 15% debentures of Reliance Industries Ltd. of ` 500 each. Annual
interest of ` 37,500 was declared on these debentures for P.Y. 2018-19. He transfers
interest income to his friend Shyam, without transferring the ownership of these
debentures. While filing return of income for A.Y. 2019-20, Shyam showed ` 37,500 as
his income from debentures. As tax advisor of Shyam, do you agree with the tax
treatment done by Shyam in his return of income?
(a) Yes, since interest income was transferred to Shyam therefore, after transfer it
becomes his income.
(b) No, since Ram has not transferred debentures to Shyam, interest income on the
debentures is not taxable income of Shyam.
(c) Yes, if debentures are not transferred, interest income on debentures can be
declared by anyone, Ram or Shyam, as taxable income depending upon their
discretion.
(d) No, since Shyam should have shown the income as interest income received from
Mr. Ram and not as interest income earned on debentures.
VIII. Mr. Rajan incurred loss of ` 5.3 lakh in the P.Y.2018-19 in toy business. Against which
of the following income earned during the same year, can he set-off such loss?
(a) profit of ` 2 lakh from wholesale cloth business
(b) speculative business income of ` 80,000
(c) long-term capital gains of ` 1.20 lakhs on sale of land
(d) All of the above
IX. Mr. Ajay is a recently qualified doctor. He joined a reputed hospital in Delhi on
01.01.2019. He earned total income of ` 3,40,000 till 31.03.2019. His employer advised
him to claim rebate u/s 87A while filing return of income for A.Y. 2019-20. He approached
his father to enquire regarding what is rebate u/s 87A of the Act. His father told him:

(i) An individual who is resident in India and whose total income does not exceed
` 3,50,000 is entitled to claim rebate under section 87A.
(ii) An individual who is resident in India and whose total income does not exceed
` 5,00,000 is entitled to claim rebate under section 87A.
(iii) Maximum rebate allowable under section 87A is ` 5,000.
(iv) Rebate under section 87A is available in the form of exemption from total income.
(v) Maximum rebate allowable under section 87A is ` 2,500.
(vi) Rebate under section 87A is available in the form of deduction from tax liability.
As a tax expert, do you agree with the explanation given by Mr. Ajay’s father? Choose
the correct option from the following:
(a) (ii), (iii), (vi)
(b) (i), (v), (vi)
(c) (ii), (iii), (iv)
(d) (i), (iv), (v)
X. Mr. P is a professional who is responsible for paying a sum of ` 2,00,000 as rent for use
of building to Mr. Harshit for the month of February, 2019. The gross receipts of Mr. P are
as under:
From 01.04.2017 to 31.03.2018: ` 55,00,000
From 01.04.2018 to 28.02.2019: ` 45,00,000
Find out whether Mr. P is responsible for deducting any tax at source from the rent of
` 2,00,000 payable to Mr. Harshit.
(a) Tax at source is required to be deducted u/s 194-I at the rate of 10%.
(b) Tax at source is required to be deducted u/s 194-IB at the rate of 5%.
(c) Tax at source is required to be deducted u/s 194-IB at the rate of 10%.
(d) No tax is required to be deducted at source.
DESCRIPTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Determine the residential status of Ms. Nicole Kidman, an Australian actress, for the A.Y.
2019-20, from the following information about her stay in India contained in her passport.
F.Y. From To F.Y. From To
2018-19 May 3 rd August 12th 2013-14 May 3 rd August 12th
2017-18 July 23rd August 11h 2012-13 May 3rd August 12th

2016-17 February 9th March 26th 2011-12 May 3rd August 12th
2015-16 September 8th March 26th 2010-11 May 3rd August 12th
2014-15 May 17th September 30th - - -
2. Mr. Rana, a resident and ordinarily resident aged 42 years, manufactures rubber from the
latex processed from rubber plants grown in Kerala. Thereafter, he sold the rubber for
` 47 lakhs. The cost of growing rubber plants was ` 25 lakhs and the cost of
manufacturing rubber was ` 7 lakhs. He has no other income during the previous year
2018-19. Compute his tax liability for the Assessment Year 2019-20.
3. Ms. Aarohi is the HR manager in Shipra limited. She gives you the following particulars:
Basic Salary ` 70,000 p.m.
Dearness Allowance ` 24,000 p.m. (30% of which forms part of retirement benefits)
Bonus ` 21,000 p.m.
Her employer has provided her with an accommodation on 1st April 2018 at a
concessional rent. The house was taken on lease by Shipra Ltd. for ` 12,000 p.m.
Ms. Aarohi occupied the house from 1 st November, 2018, ` 4,800 p.m. is recovered from
the salary of Ms. Aarohi.
The employer gave her a gift voucher of ` 10,000 on her birthday. She contributes 18%
of her salary (Basic Pay plus DA) towards recognised provident fund and the company
contributes the same amount.
The company pays medical insurance premium to effect insurance on the health of
Ms. Aarohi ` 20,000.
Motor car owned by the employer (cubic capacity of engine exceeds 1.6 litres) provided
to Ms. Aarohi from 1 st November, 2018 which is used for both official and personal
purposes. Repair and running expenses of ` 70,000 were fully met by the company. The
motor car was self-driven by the employee.
Compute the income chargeable to tax under the head "Salaries" in the hands of
Ms. Aarohi for the Assessment Year 2019-20.
4. Shraddha has two flats in Mumbai, both of which are self-occupied. The particulars of
these are given below:
(Value in `)
Flat at Flat at Navi
Particulars
Goregaon Mumbai
Municipal Valuation per annum 1,40,000 1,35,000
Fair Rent per annum 1,60,000 1,80,000

Standard rent per annum 1,40,000 1,90,000

Date of completion of construction 1-02-2012 24-08-2006
Municipal taxes payable during the year (paid for Flat at 10% 12%
Navi Mumbai only)
Interest on money borrowed for repair of property during - 72,000
current year
Compute Shraddha's income from house property for the Assessment Year 2019-20.
Also, suggest which flat should be opted by Shraddha to be assessed as self-occupied
so that her tax liability is minimum.
5. Mr. Jai Prakash commenced the business of operating goods vehicles on 1.4.2018. He
purchased the following vehicles during the P.Y.2018-19. Compute his income under
section 44AE for A.Y.2019-20.
Gross Vehicle Weight Number Date of purchase
(in kilograms)
(1) 8,500 3 11.05.2018
(2) 9,500 1 16.03.2019
(3) 10,000 1 21.09.2018
(4) 11,500 2 12.01.2019
(5) 15,000 1 21.07.2018
(6) 15,000 2 23.01.2019
Would your answer change if the goods vehicles purchased in January, 2019 were put to
use only in July, 2019?
6. Mr. Pratap, a proprietor has transferred his unit RS to Mr. Raj by way of Slump Sale on
December 7, 2018. The summarised Balance Sheet of Mr. Pratap as on that date is given
below:
Liabilities Amount Assets Amount
(` In lacs) (` In lacs)
Own Capital 1,850 Fixed Assets:
Accumulated P & L balance 870 Unit PT 250
Liabilities: Unit QL 170
Unit PT 190 Unit RS 950
Unit QL 260 Other Assets:
Unit RS 340 Unit PT 790

Unit QL 860
Unit RS 490
Total 3,510 Total 3,510
Other information:
(i) Slump sale consideration on transfer of Unit RS was ` 1540 lacs.
(ii) Fixed Assets of Unit RS includes land which was purchased at ` 90 lacs in the year
2008 and was revalued at ` 180 lacs.
(iii) Other fixed assets are reflected at ` 770 lacs, (i.e., ` 950 lacs less value of land)
which represents written down value of those assets as per books. The written
down value of these assets is ` 630 lacs as per Income-tax Act, 1961.
(iv) Unit RS was set up by Mr. Pratap in December, 2006.
Compute the Capital Gains arising in the hands of Mr. Pratap from slump sale of Unit RS
for Assessment year 2019-20.
Note: Cost Inflation Indices for the financial year 2006-07 and financial year 2018-19 are
122 and 280, respectively.
7. Mr. Suraj sold a house to his friend Mr. Ganesh on 18 th September, 2018 for a
consideration of ` 42,00,000. On the date of registration stamp duty value of the said
property is ` 45,00,000. However, on the date of agreement stamp duty value of the said
property was ` 44,00,000. Mr. Ganesh had paid 10% of the value of the property by way
of A/c payee cheque at the time of agreement. Assume value of land is 70% of the total
value of the property.
What are the tax implications in the hands of Mr. Suraj and Mr. Ganesh for the
assessment year 2019-20? Mr. Suraj had purchased the land on 19 th February, 2013 for
` 9,20,000 and completed the construction of house on 18 th January, 2017 for
` 15,50,000.
Cost Inflation Index: F.Y. 2012-13 – 200; F.Y. 2016-17 – 264; F.Y. 2018-19 - 280.
8. On 10th April, 2018, Mr. Mayur made a gift of ` 4,45,000 to his handicapped son, Master
Tanmay aged 10 years. He deposited such amount in a fixed deposit account in a
Nationalised bank. The bank credited a sum of ` 42,500 as interest on fixed deposit on
31st March, 2019.
Mayur's father gifted 10,000 unlisted equity shares of an Indian company to Master
Tejas, another son of Mr. Mayur (Date of birth 19th June, 2011) in September 2011 which

were purchased by him on 18th December, 2004 for ` 95,000. Tejas received a dividend
of ` 10,000 on these shares in October 2018. He sold these shares on 1st December,
2018 for ` 4,80,000 and deposited ` 3,10,000 in a company at 14% interest per annum.
Cost Inflation Index
Financial Year Cost Inflation Index
2004-05 113
2011-12 184
2018-19 280
Mr. Mayur has a taxable income of ` 4,50,000 from his profession during the financial
year 2018-19. Compute his Gross Total Income for the A.Y. 2019-20.
9. Compute the gross total income of Mr. Avinash and show the items eligible for carry
forward and the assessment years upto which such losses can be carry forward from the
following information furnished by him for the year ended 31-03-2019:
Particulars Amount (`)
Loss from speculative business MNO 12,000
Income from speculative business BPO 25,000
Loss from specified business covered under section 35AD 45,000
Income from salary (computed) 4,18,000
Loss from house property 2,20,000
Income from trading business 2,80,000
Income from owning and maintaining race horses 8,000
Long-term capital gain from sale of urban land 2,05,000
Long-term capital loss on sale of equity shares (STT not paid) 85,000
Long-term capital loss on sale of listed equity shares in recognized 1,10,000
stock exchange (STT paid at the time of acquisition and sale of
shares)
Following are the brought forward losses:
(1) Losses from owning and maintaining of race horses pertaining to A.Y. 2017-18
` 12,000.
(2) Brought forward loss from speculative business MNO 18,000 relating to A.Y. 2016-17.
(3) Brought forward loss from trading business of ` 12,000 relating to A.Y. 2015-16.
Assume Mr. Avinash has furnished his return of income on or before the due date
specified under section 139(1) in all the above previous years.

10. Mr. Darshan aged 61 years, working with G Ltd., submits the following particulars of
investments and payments made by him during the previous year 2018-19:
- Deposit of ` 1,50,000 in public provident fund
- Payment of life insurance premium of ` 62,000 on the policy taken on 01.4.2017 to
insure his life (Sum assured – ` 3,00,000).
- Deposit of ` 55,000 in a five year term deposit with bank.
- Contributed ` 1,95,000, being 15% of his salary (basic salary plus dearness
allowance, which forms part of retirement benefits) to the NPS of the Central
Government. A matching contribution was made by G Ltd.
- On 1.4.2018, mediclaim premium of ` 1,08,000 and ` 80,000 paid as lumpsum to
insure his and his wife (aged 58 years) health, respectively for four years medical
insurance and incurred ` 46,000 towards medical expenditure of his father, aged 90
years, not dependent on him. No insurance policy taken for his father.
- He spent ` 6,000 for the preventive health-check up of his wife.
- He has incurred an expenditure of ` 90,000 for the medical treatment of his mother,
being a person with severe disability.
His income comprises of income from salary of ` 18,50,000 and interest on fixed
deposits of ` 75,000.
Compute the deduction available to Mr. Darshan under Chapter VI-A for A.Y.2019-20.
Would your answer be different, if Mr. Darshan contributed ` 1,30,000 (being, 10% of his
salary) towards NPS of the Central Government?
11. Mr. Krishan, aged 58 years, a resident individual and practicing Chartered Accountant,
furnishes you the receipts and payments account for the financial year 2018-19.
Receipts and Payments Account
Receipts ` Payments `
Opening Balance Staff salary, bonus and stipend 17,50,000
(01-04-2018) to articled clerks
Cash & Bank 80,000 Other general and administrative 22,00,000
expenses
Fee from professional 49,60,000 Office rent 1,48,000
services
Motor car loan from ICICI 5,00,000 Life Insurance Premium (Sum 49,000
@12% interest per annum Assured ` 5,00,000]

Sale receipts of 5,800 listed 5,95,000 Motor car (Acquired in January 9,50,000
equity shares (sold on 31 st 2019 by way of online payment)
January 2019)
Books bought by way of A/c 80,000
payee cheque in the month of
May, June and September 2018
(annual publications)
Computer acquired on 1-11- 52,000
2018 for professional use
(payment made by A/c payee
cheque)
Domestic drawings 6,23,000
Motor car maintenance 72,000
Public Provident Fund 1,50,000
subscription
Closing balances (31-03-2019)
Cash & Bank 61,000
61,35,000 61,35,000
Other information:
(i) Listed equity shares on which STT was paid were acquired in August 2016 for
` 1,21,800. The fair market value of such shares as on 31 st January 2018 and on
1st April 2018 was ` 75 per share and ` 85 per share, respectively.
(ii) Motor car was put to use for both official and personal purposes.1/5th of the motor
car is for personal purpose. No interest on car loan was paid during the previous
year 2018-19.
(ii) Mr. Krishan purchased a flat in Gwalior for ` 35,00,000 in July 2012 cost of which
was partly financed by a loan from Punjab National Housing Finance Limited of
` 25,00,000, his own-savings ` 1,00,000 and a deposit from Canara Bank for
` 9,00,000. The flat was given to Canara Bank on lease for 10 years @ ` 35,000
per month. The following particulars are relevant:
(a) Municipal taxes paid by Mr. Krishan ` 8,200 per annum
(b) House insurance ` 11,000
As per interest certificate issued by Punjab National Housing Finance Limited for the
financial year 2018-19, he paid ` 1,80,000 towards principal and ` 2,01,500 as interest.
(iii) He earned ` 1,20,000 in share speculation business and lost ` 1,80,000 in
commodity speculation business.

(iv) Mr. Krishan received a gift of ` 21,000 each from four of his family friends.
(v) He contributed ` 1,21,000 to Prime Minister's Drought Relief Fund by way of bank
draft.
(vi) He donated to a registered political party ` 3,50,000 by way of cheque.
(vii) He follows cash system of accounting.
(viii) Cost Inflation Index : F.Y. 2016-17 – 264; F.Y. 2018-19 - 280
Compute the total income of Mr. Krishan and the tax payable for the Assessment year 2019-20.
12. (a) Mr. Narayan is engaged in the retail business of groceries. During the previous year
2018-19 his turnover was ` 1.65 crores. Out of this, receipt of ` 1.30 crore
represents online transactions and ` 35 lakhs cash transactions. He opted for
paying tax as per presumptive taxation scheme laid down in section 44AD. He has
no other income during the previous year.
Is he liable to pay advance tax and if so, what is the minimum amount of advance
tax to be paid and the due date for payment of such advance tax?
(b) Mr. Shivpal, a very senior citizen, has reported a Total Income ` 4,90,000 and the
deductions eligible under Chapter VI-A amounting to ` 1,70,000 for the previous
year 2018-19. Is he liable to file his return of income under section 139(1) for the
Assessment year 2019-20? If so why?
SUGGESTED ANSWERS
OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

I. (a)
II. (a)
III. (b)
IV. (c)
V. (b)
VI. (d)
VII. (b)
VIII. (d)
IX. (b)
X. (a)

DESCRIPTIVE QUESTIONS
1. The residential status of Ms. Nicole Kidman, a foreign national, would be determined in
the following manner -
Previous 2018-19 2017-18 2016-17 2015-16 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Year
No. of
days of 102 20 46 201 137 102 102 102 102
stay in
India
Ms. Nicole Kidman is said to be resident if she satisfies any one of the following basic
conditions:
(i) Has been in India during the previous year for a total period of 182 days or more
(or)
(ii) Has been in India during the 4 years immediately preceding the previous year for a
total period of 365 days or more and has been in India for at least 60 days during
the previous year.
Ms. Nicole Kidman’s stay in India during the P.Y.2018-19 is less than 182 days.
However, her stay in India during the P.Y.2018-19 is 102 days, which exceeds 60 days;
and her stay in India during the four previous years prior to P.Y.2018-19 is 404 days [20
+ 46 + 201 + 137], which exceeds 365 days. Hence, she is a resident for P.Y.2018-19.
Further, Ms. Nicole Kidman would be “Resident but not ordinarily resident” in India in
during the previous year 2018-19, if she:
(a) has been a non-resident in 9 out of 10 previous years preceding the relevant
previous year; or
(b) has during the 7 previous years immediately preceding the relevant previous year
been in India for less than 730 days.
If she does not satisfy both of these conditions, she would be a resident and ordinarily
resident.
In the present case, her stay in India in the last seven previous years prior to P.Y.2018-
19 is 710 days [20 +46 +201+137 +102 +102 +102], which is less than 730 days.
Therefore, she is resident but not ordinarily resident for the P.Y.2018-19 even if she is
resident in the two assessment years i.e., A.Y.2016-17 and A.Y.2015-16 as per the
information given in the question.
2. In cases where the assessee himself grows rubber plants and manufactures rubber
processed from latex obtained from rubber plants in India, then, as per Rule 7A, 35% of
profit on sale of rubber is taxable as business income under the head “Profits and gains

from business or profession”, and the balance 65% is agricultural income, which is
exempt from tax.
Profits from manufacture and sale of rubber processed from latex = ` 47 lakhs – ` 25
lakhs – ` 7 lakhs = ` 15 lakhs
Agricultural Income = 65% of ` 15 lakhs = ` 9.75 lakhs
Business Income = 35% of ` 15 lakhs = ` 5.25 lakhs.
The tax liability of Mr. Rana has to be computed applying the concept of partial
integration, since his total income comprises of both agricultural income and non-
agricultural income and his agricultural income exceeds ` 5,000 p.a and his non-
agricultural income exceeds the basic exemption limit i.e., ` 2,50,000 (applicable, in his
case).
Accordingly, his tax liability would be computed in the following manner:
Computation of tax liability of Mr. Rana for the A.Y. 2019-20
Particulars `
Tax on total income of ` 15,00,000, being agricultural income and 2,62,500
non-agricultural income
Less: Tax on agricultural income and basic exemption limit i.e.,
` 12,25,000 [` 9,75,000 plus ` 2,50,000] 1,80,000
82,500
Add: Health and Education cess@4% 3,300
Total Tax liability 85,800
3. Computation of income chargeable to tax under the head “Salaries” in the hands of
Ms. Aarohi for A.Y.2019-20
Particulars `
Basic Salary [` 70,000 x 12] 8,40,000
Dearness allowance [` 24,000 x 12] 2,88,000
Bonus [` 21,000 x 12] 2,52,000
Perquisite value in respect of concessional rent [See Working Note 36,000
below]
Gift voucher given by employer on Ms. Aarohi’s birthday (entire
amount is taxable since the perquisite value exceeds `5,000) [See 10,000
Note for Alternative view]
Employer’s contribution to recognized provident fund in excess of
12% of salary 91,872

= 18% x [(` 70,000 + ` 24,000) x 12] – 12% x {[` 70,000 + ` 7,200

(being 30% of ` 24,000)] x 12} = 2,03,040 – 1,11,168
[Salary = Basic Salary + Dearness allowance, to the extent it forms
part of pay for retirement benefits]
Medical insurance premium of ` 20,000 paid by the employer to effect -
an insurance on the health of an employee is an exempt perquisite
Provision of motor car (engine cubic capacity more than 1.6 litres)
owned by employer to an employee without chauffeur for both official
and personal purpose, where the expenses are fully met by the
employer - the perquisite value would be `2400/- p.m. [`2,400 × 5 12,000
months]
Gross salary 15,29,872
Less: Standard deduction under section 16(ia) 40,000
Salary chargeable to tax 14,89,872
Working Note:
Where the accommodation is taken on lease or rent by the employer, the actual amount
of lease rent paid or payable by the employer or 15% of salary, whichever is lower, in
respect of the period during which the house is occupied by the employee, as
reduced by the rent recoverable from the employee, is the value of the perquisite.
Actual rent paid by the employer from 1.11.2018 to 31.3.2019 = ` 60,000 [ ` 12,000 x 5
months]
15% of salary = ` 73,650 [15% x (` 70,000 + ` 7,200 + ` 21,000) x 5 months]
Salary = Basic Salary + Dearness Allowance, to the extent it forms part of pay for
retirement benefits + Bonus
Lower of the above is ` 60,000 which is to be reduced by the rent recovered from the
employee.
Hence, the perquisite value of concessional rent = ` 60,000 – `24,000 [` 4,800 x 5
months] = ` 36,000
Note: As per Rule 3(7)(iv), the value of any gift or voucher received by the employee or
by member of his household on ceremonial occasions or otherwise from the employer
shall be determined as the sum equal to the amount of such gift. However, the value of
any gift or voucher received by the employee or by member of his household below
` 5,000 in aggregate during the previous year would be exempt as per the proviso to
Rule 3(7)(iv).
In this case, the gift voucher of ` 10,000 was received by Ms. Aarohi from her employer
on the occasion of her birthday. Since the value of the gift voucher exceeds the limit of

` 5,000, the entire amount of ` 10,000 is liable to tax as perquisite. The above solution
has been worked out accordingly.
Alternative view - An alternate view is also possible is that only the sum in excess of
` 5,000 is taxable in view of the language of Circular No.15/2001 dated 12.12.2001,
which states that such gifts upto ` 5,000 in the aggregate per annum would be exempt,
beyond which it would be taxed as a perquisite. As per this view, the value of perquisite
would be ` 5,000. The salary chargeable to tax, in this case, would be ` 14,84,872.
4. In this case, Shraddha has more than one house property for self-occupation. As per
section 23(4), Shraddha can avail the benefit of self-occupation (i.e., benefit of “Nil”
Annual Value) only in respect of one of the house properties, at her option. The other
house property would be treated as “deemed let-out” property, in respect of which the
expected rent would be the gross annual value. Shraddha should, therefore, consider the
most beneficial option while deciding which flat should be treated by her as self-
occupied.
OPTION 1 [Flat at Goregaon – Self-occupied and Flat at Navi Mumbai – Deemed to
be let out]
If Flat at Goregaon is opted to be self-occupied, Shraddha's income from house property
for A.Y.2019-20 would be –
Particulars Amount in `
Flat at Goregaon (Self-occupied) [Annual value is Nil] Nil
Flat at Navi Mumbai (Deemed to be let-out) [See Working Note 42,660
below]
Income from house property 42,660
OPTION 2 [Flat at Goregaon – Deemed to be let out and Flat at Navi Mumbai – Self-
occupied]
If Flat at Navi Mumbai is opted to be self-occupied, Shraddha’s income from house
property for A.Y.2019-20 would be –
Particulars Amount in `
Flat at Goregaon (Deemed to be let-out) [See Working Note below] 98,000
Flat at Navi Mumbai (Self-occupied) [Annual value is Nil, but interest
deduction would be available, subject to a maximum of ` 30,000. In
case of money borrowed for repair of self-occupied property, the (30,000)
interest deduction would be restricted to ` 30,000, irrespective of the
date of borrowal].
Income from house property 68,000

Since Option 1 is more beneficial, Shraddha should opt to treat Flat at Goregaon as
Self-occupied and Flat at Navi Mumbai as Deemed to be let out, in which case, her
income from house property would be ` 42,660 for the A.Y. 2019-20.
Working Note:
Computation of income from Flats at Goregaon & Navi Mumbai assuming that both
are deemed to be let out
Particulars Amount in Rupees
Flat at Flat at Navi
Goregaon Mumbai
Gross Annual Value (GAV)
Expected Rent is the GAV of house property
Expected Rent = Higher of Municipal Value and Fair
Rent but restricted to Standard Rent 1,40,000 1,80,000
Less: Municipal taxes (paid by the owner during the Nil 16,200
previous year)
Net Annual Value (NAV) 1,40,000 1,63,800
Less: Deductions under section 24
(a) 30% of NAV 42,000 49,140
(b) Interest on borrowed capital (allowed in
full in case of deemed let out property) - 72,000
Income from deemed to be let-out house property 98,000 42,660
5. Since Mr. Jai Prakash does not own more than 10 vehicles at any time during the
previous year 2018-19, he is eligible to opt for presumptive taxation scheme under
section 44AE. ` 1,000 per ton of gross vehicle weight or unladen weight per month or
part of the month for each heavy goods vehicle and ` 7,500 per month or part of month
for each goods carriage other than heavy goods vehicle, owned by him would be deemed
as his profits and gains from such goods carriage.
Heavy goods vehicle means any goods carriage, the gross vehicle weight of which
exceeds 12,000 kg.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Number of Date of No. of months for No. of months × No. of
Vehicles purchase which vehicle is vehicles
owned [(1) × (3)]
For Heavy goods vehicle
1 21.07.2018 9 9

2 23.01.2019 3 6
15
For goods vehicle other than heavy goods vehicle
3 11.5.2018 11 33
1 16.3.2019 1 1
1 21.9.2018 7 7
2 12.1.2019 3 6
47
The presumptive income of Mr. Jai Prakash under section 44AE for A.Y.2019-20 would
be-
` 5,77,500, i.e., ` 3,52,500 (47 × ` 7,500, being for other than heavy goods vehicle) +
` 2,25,000 (15 x ` 1,000 x 15 ton, being for heavy goods vehicle).
The answer would remain the same even if the two vehicles purchased in January, 2019
were put to use only in July, 2019, since the presumptive income has to be calculated per
month or part of the month for which the vehicle is owned by Mr. Jai Prakash.
6. Computation of capital gain on slump sale of Unit RS for A.Y. 2019-20
Particulars `
Full value of consideration 15,40,00,000
Less: Deemed cost of acquisition (Net worth is deemed to be the
cost of acquisition) [Refer Working Note below] 8,70,00,000
Long-term capital gain [Since the Unit is held for more than 36 6,70,00,000
months]
Working Note: Net worth of Unit-RS

Particulars `
Cost of Land (Revaluation not to be considered) 90,00,000
WDV of other depreciable fixed assets as per the Income-tax Act, 1961 6,30,00,000
Other Assets (book value) 4,90,00,000
12,10,00,000
Less: Liabilities 3,40,00,000
Net worth 8,70,00,000
Notes:
(1) In case of slump sale, net worth of the undertaking transferred shall be deemed to
be the cost of acquisition and cost of improvement as per section 50B.

(2) “Net worth” of the undertaking shall be the aggregate value of total assets of the
undertaking or division as reduced by the value of liabilities of such undertaking or
division as appearing in the books of accounts.
However, any change in the value of assets on account of revaluation shall not be
considered for this purpose.
(3) For calculating aggregate value of total assets of the undertaking or division in case
of slump sale in case of depreciable assets, the written down value of block of
assets determined in accordance with the provisions contained in section 43(6) of
Income-tax Act, 1961 is to be considered and for all other assets, book value is to
be considered.
(4) Since Unit RS is held by the assessee for more than 36 months, the capital gain
arising from slump sale is a long-term capital gain.
(5) Indexation benefit is not available in case of slump sale
7. In the hands of the seller, Mr. Suraj
As per section 50C, where the consideration received or accruing as a result of transfer
of land or building or both, is less than the value adopted or assessed or assessable by
the stamp valuation authority, the value adopted or assessed or assessable by the stamp
valuation authority shall be deemed to be the full value of consideration received or
accruing as a result of transfer.
However, where the date of registration and date of agreement are not the same and part
or whole of the consideration is received by way of A/c payee cheque or A/c payee bank
draft or by use of ECS on or before the date of agreement, then stamp duty value on the
date of agreement may be taken to be the full value of consideration.
Further, where the stamp duty value on the date of agreement or registration, as the case
may be, does not exceed 105% of the amount of consideration received or receivable
then the consideration so received would be deemed to be the full value of the
consideration.
In the present case, since Mr. Suraj has received 10% of the consideration by way of A/c
payee cheque on the date of agreement, the stamp duty value of ` 44,00,000 on the date
of agreement would be taken for the purpose of computing full value of consideration.
Further, since the stamp duty of land and building of ` 44,00,000 does not exceed
` 44,10,000 i.e., 105% of ` 42,00,000, the consideration received i.e., ` 42,00,000 in
respect of land and building would be deemed to be the full value of consideration.
In the given problem, land has been held for a period exceeding 24 months and building
for a period less than 24 months immediately preceding the date of transfer. So land is a
long-term capital asset, while building is a short-term capital asset.

Accordingly, capital gains would be determined in the following manner:

Particulars `
Long term capital gain on sale of land
Consideration received or accruing as a result of transfer of land [70% of 29,40,000
` 42,00,000]
Less: Indexed cost of acquisition ` 9,20,000 x 280/200 12,88,000
Long-term capital gain (A) 16,52,000
Short-term capital loss on sale of building
Consideration received or accruing from transfer of building [30% of 12,60,000
` 42,00,000]
Less: Cost of acquisition 15,50,000
Short term capital loss (B) (2,90,000)
As per section 70(2), short-term capital loss can be set-off against long-term capital
gains. Therefore, the net taxable long-term capital gains would be ` 13,62,000 (i.e.,
` 16,52,000 – ` 2,90,000). The same would be taxable @ 20% under section 112, after
adjusting un-exhausted basic exemption limit, if any, against such long term capital gain.
In the hands of the buyer Mr. Ganesh
As per section 56(2)(x), where any person receives from a non-relative, any immovable
property for a consideration which is less than the stamp duty value on the date of
agreement or date of registration as the case may be, and the difference between actual
consideration and stamp duty value so considered is more than the higher of ` 50,000 or
5% of the consideration so received, then the difference between such value and actual
consideration of such property is chargeable to tax as income from other sources.
Where the date of registration and date of agreement are not the same and part or whole
of the consideration is paid by way of A/c payee cheque or A/c payee bank draft or by
use of ECS on or before the date of agreement, then stamp duty value on the date of
agreement may be taken for the purpose of determining income taxable under the head
“Income from other sources”.
Since in the present case, Mr. Ganesh has paid 10% of the consideration by way of A/c
payee cheque, the stamp duty value on the date of agreement has to be taken. Further,
since the difference of ` 2,00,000 is not more than ` 2,10,000 being higher of ` 50,000
and ` 2,10,000 (5% of ` 42,00,000), no income would be chargeable to tax as income
from other sources in the hands of Mr. Ganesh.

8. Computation of Gross Total Income of Mr. Mayur for the A.Y. 2019-20
Particulars ` ` `
Income from profession 4,50,000
Income of minor son Tejas
Capital gains
Full value of consideration 4,80,000
Less: Indexed Cost of Acquisition [` 95,000 x
280/184] 1,44,565 3,35,435
Income from Other Sources
Dividend of ` 10,000 on equity shares [Exempt u/s -
10(34)]
Interest on company deposit
[` 3,10,000 x 14% x 4/12] 14,467 14,467
3,49,902
Less: Exemption u/s 10(32) in respect of income of
minor child 1,500
3,48,402
Gross Total Income 7,98,402
Notes:
(1) As per section 64(1A), in computing the total income of an individual, all such
income accruing or arising to a minor child shall be included. However, income of a
minor child suffering from disability specified under section 80U would not be
included in the income of the parent but would be taxable in the hands of the minor
child. Therefore, in this case, interest income of ` 42,500 arising to handicapped
son, Master Tanmay, would not be clubbed with the income of Mr. Mayur.
(2) Income of the other minor child, Master Tejas, is includible in the hands of
Mr. Mayur, assuming that Mr. Mayur’s income is higher than that of his wife.
(3) In the above solution, the indexed cost of acquisition has been computed by taking
into consideration the first year in which Master Tejas held the asset, i.e., F.Y.2011-
12, as per the definition given in clause (iii) of Explanation below section 48.
However, as per the view expressed by Bombay High Court in CIT v. Manjula J.
Shah 16 Taxman 42, in case the cost of acquisition of the capital asset in the hands
of the assessee is taken to be cost of such asset in the hands of the previous
owner, the indexation benefit would be available from the year in which the capital
asset is acquired by the previous owner. If this view is considered, the indexed cost
of acquisition would have to be calculated by considering the Cost Inflation Index of

F.Y.2004-05. The solution based on alternate view is given as under:

Computation of gross total income of Mr. Mayur for the A.Y. 2019-20
Particulars ` ` `
Income from profession 4,50,000
Income of minor son Tejas
Capital gains
Full value of consideration 4,80,000
Less: Indexed Cost of Acquisition [` 95,000 2,35,398 2,44,602
x 280/113]
Income from Other Sources
Dividend on equity shares [Exempt u/s -
10(34)]
Interest on company deposit [` 3,10,000 x 14,467 14,467
14% x 4/12]
2,59,069
Less: Exemption u/s 10(32) in respect of
income of minor child 1,500
2,57,569
9. Computation of Gross total income of Mr. Avinash for the A.Y.2019-20

Particulars ` `
Salaries
Income from Salary 4,18,000
Less: Loss from house property set-off against salary (1,90,000) 2,28,000
[As per section 71(3A), loss from house property to the
extent of ` 2,00,000 can be set-off against any other head
of income. In case of Mr. Avinash, it is more beneficial to
set-off the loss from house property against long-term
capital gains, since LTCG would be taxable @ 20%.
Accordingly, loss to the extent of ` 10,000 is set-off against
LTCG (shown below) and ` 1,90,000 set-off against income
under the head “Salaries”]
Profits and gains of business or profession
Income from trading business 2,80,000

Less: Brought forward loss from trading business of A.Y.

2015-16 can be set off against current year income from
trading business as per section 72(1), since the eight-year
time limit as specified under section 72(3), within which set- (12,000) 2,68,000
off is permitted, has not expired.
Income from speculative business BPO 25,000
Less: Loss from speculative business MNO set-off as per (12,000)
section 73(1)
Loss from speculative business MNO brought forward from
A.Y. 2016-17 as per section 73(2), can be set off to the extent (13,000) -
of
Capital Gains
Long term capital gain on sale of urban land 2,05,000
Less: Long term capital loss on sale of shares (STT not
paid) set-off as per section 74(1) (85,000)
Less: Long-term capital loss on sale of listed equity shares
on which STT is paid can also be set-off as per section
74(1), since long-term capital arising on sale of such shares
is taxable under section 112A (1,10,000)
Less: Loss from house property (10,000) -
Income from owning and maintaining race horses 8,000

Less: Set-off of brought forward losses from owning and
maintaining race horses as per section 74A(3) (8,000) -
Items eligible for carried forward to A.Y.2020-21
Particulars `
Loss from house property 20,000
As per section 71B, balance loss not set-off can be carried forward to
the next year for set-off against income from house property of that year.
It can be carried forward for a maximum of eight assessment years i.e.,
upto A.Y. 2027-28, in this case.
Loss from speculative business MNO 5,000
Loss from speculative business can be set-off only against profits from
any other speculation business. As per section 73(2), balance loss not
set-off can be carried forward to the next year for set-off against
speculative business income of that year. Such loss can be carried

forward for a maximum of four assessment years i.e., upto A.Y. 2020-21,
in this case, as specified under section 73(4).
Loss from specified business under section 35AD 45,000
Loss from specified business under section 35AD can be set-off only
against profits of any other specified business. If loss cannot be so set-
off, the same has to be carried forward to the subsequent year for set off
against income from specified business, if any, in that year. As per
section 73A(2), such loss can be carried forward indefinitely for set-off
against profits of any specified business .
Loss from the activity of owning and maintaining race horses 4,000
Losses from the activity of owning and maintaining race horses (current
year or brought forward) can be set-off only against income from the
activity of owning and maintaining race horses. If it cannot be so set-off,
it has to be carried forward to the next year for set-off against income
from the activity of owning and maintaining race horses, if any, in that
year. It can be carried forward for a maximum of four assessment years,
i.e., upto A.Y.2021-22, in this case, as specified under section 74A(3).
10. (i) Deduction available to Mr. Darshan under Chapter VI -A for A.Y.2019-20
Section Particulars ` `
80C Deposit in public provident fund 1,50,000
Life insurance premium paid ` 62,000 30,000
(deduction restricted to ` 30,000, being 10% of
` 3,00,000, which is the sum assured, since
the policy was taken on or after 01.04.2012)
Five year term deposit with bank 55,000
2,35,000
Restricted to 1,50,000
80CCD(1) Contribution to NPS of the Central Government,
` 1,45,000 [` 1,95,000 – ` 50,000, being
deduction under section 80CCD(1B)], restricted to
10% of salary [` 1,95,000 x 10/15] [See Note 1]
1,30,000
2,80,000
80CCE Aggregate deduction under section 80C and
80CCD(1), ` 2,80,000, but restricted to 1,50,000
80CCD(1B) ` 50,000 would be eligible for deduction in
respect of contribution to NPS of the Central 50,000
Government

80CCD(2) Employer contribution to NPS, restricted to

10% of salary [See Note 2] 1,30,000
80D (i) (a) Medical insurance premium for self 47,000
and his wife, deduction would be
equal to ` 47,000 (` 27,000 +
` 20,000), being 1/4th of lumpsum
premium, since policies would be in
force for four previous years.
(b) Preventive health check up ` 6,000
for wife restricted to ` 3,000
(` 50,000 - ` 47,000, since maximum
allowable deduction is ` 50,000 in
case assessee or one of the family
member is senior citizen) 3,000
50,000
(ii) Medical Expenditure for his father would be
fully allowed as deduction, since no
insurance policy is taken on his name 46,000
Total of (i) and (ii) 96,000
80DD Deduction of ` 1,25,000 in respect of
expenditure on medical treatment of his 1,25,000
mother, being a person with severe disability
would be allowed irrespective of the fact that
amount of expenditure incurred is ` 90,000
80TTB Interest on fixed deposits with bank of 50,000
` 75,000, deduction restricted to
Deduction under Chapter VI-A 6,01,000
Notes:
(1) The deduction under section 80CCD(1B) would not be subject to overall limit of
` 1.50 lakh under section 80CCE. Therefore, it is more beneficial for
Mr. Darshan to claim deduction under section 80CCD(1B) first in respect of
contribution to NPS. Thereafter, the remaining amount of ` 1,45,000 can be
claimed as deduction under section 80CCD(1), subject to a maximum limit of
10% of salary i.e. ` 1,30,000.
(2) The entire employer’s contribution to notified pension scheme has to be first
included under the head “Salaries” while computing gross total income and
thereafter, deduction under section 80CCD(2) would be allowed, subject to a
maximum of 10% of salary. Deduction under section 80CCD(2) is also not
subject to the overall limit of ` 1,50,000 under section 80CCE

(ii) If the contribution towards NPS is ` 1,30,000, here again, it is beneficial for
Mr. Darshan to first claim deduction of ` 50,000 under section 80CCD(1B) and the
balance of ` 80,000 can be claimed under section 80CCD(1), since the deduction
available under section 80CCD(1B) is over and above the aggregate limit of
` 1,50,000 under section 80CCE. In any case, the aggregate deduction of
` 2,30,000 [i.e., ` 1,50,000 under section 80C and ` 80,000 under section
80CCD(1)] cannot exceed the overall limit of ` 1,50,000 under section 80CCE. The
total deduction under Chapter VIA would remain the same i.e., ` 6,01,000.
11. Computation of total income and tax liability of Mr. Krishan for A.Y. 2019-20
Particulars ` ` `
Income from house property
Gross annual value1 (` 35,000 x 12) 4,20,000
Less: Municipal taxes paid by Mr. Krishan 8,200
Net annual value 4,11,800
Less: Deductions under section 24
(a) 30% of Net Annual Value 1,23,540
(b) Interest on house borrowing
(allowed in full in case of let out 2,01,500
property)
86,760
Profits and gains of business or profession
Income from profession
Fees from professional services 49,60,000
Less: Expenses allowable as deduction
- Staff salary, bonus and stipend 17,50,000
- Other general and administrative 22,00,000
expenses
- Office rent 1,48,000
- Motor car maintenance (` 72,000 x 4/5) 57,600
- Car loan interest – not allowable, since
Mr. Krishan follows cash system of
accounting and no interest is paid during - 41,55,600
the previous year)
8,04,400
Less: Depreciation u/s 32
- Motor car ` 9,50,000 x 15% x 50% x 4/5, 57,000
being put to use for less than 180 days
1 Rent receivable has been taken as the gross annual value in the absence of other information

- Books being annual publications 32,000

[` 80,000 x 40%]
- Computer @40% of ` 52,000 x 50%,
since the same is put to use for less than 10,400 99,400
180 days
For the P.Y. 2018-19, the gross receipts of 7,05,000
Mr. Krishan is ` 49,60,000. Since, it does not
exceed ` 50,00,000, he is eligible to opt for
presumptive tax scheme under section 44ADA
In such case, his professional income would
be ` 24,80,000, being 50% of ` 49,60,000
It is more beneficial for Mr. Krishan to declare
profit of ` 7,05,000 as per books of accounts
which is lower than the profits computed on
presumptive basis under section 44ADA.
However, for declaring lower profits, he has to
maintain books of account under section 44AA
and get the same audited under section 44AB
Income from share speculation business 1,20,000
Less: Loss from commodity speculation
business set off against income from share
speculation business. Balance loss of
` 60,000 from commodity speculation 1,20,000 Nil 7,05,000
business to be carried forward to A.Y. 2020-21
Capital Gains
Long-term capital gains on sale of 5800 listed
shares
Sale consideration 5,95,000
Less: Cost of acquisition is higher of 4,35,000 1,60,000
- Cost of acquisition 1,21,800
- Lower of ` 4,35,000 (` 75 x 5800), 4,35,000
being fair market value as on
31.1.2018 and ` 5,95,000, being full
value of consideration on transfer
Income from other sources
Cash Gift of ` 84,000 i.e., ` 21,000 x 4,
received from his four friends is taxable u/s
56(2)(x), since aggregate amount of cash gifts 84,000
exceeds ` 50,000

Less: Deductions under Chapter VI-A

Section 80C
Life insurance premium 49,000
Repayment of housing loan 1,80,000
PPF subscription 1,50,000
3,79,000
Restricted to ` 1,50,000 1,50,000
Section 80G
Contribution to Prime Minister’s Drought Relief 60,500
Fund (50% of ` 1,21,000) by way of bank draft
Section 80GGC
Donation to registered political party made by 3,50,000
way of cheque
5,60,500
Total Income 4,75,260
Tax liability
Tax @ 10% under section 112A on long-term 6,000
capital gains exceeding ` 1,00,000 i.e.,
` 60,000
Tax @5% on ` 65,260 [` 3,15,260 (total
income excluding LTCG u/s 112A) -
` 2,50,000, being basic exemption limit] 3,263
9,263
Add: Health and Education cess@4% 371
Tax liability 9,634
Tax liability (rounded off) 9,630
12. (a) Computation of advance tax liability in the hands of Mr. Narayan opting for
presumptive taxation scheme under section 44AD
Particulars `
As per section 211, an eligible assessee, opting for computation of
profits or gains of business on presumptive basis in respect of an
eligible business referred to in section 44AD, shall be required to
pay advance tax of the whole amount in one instalment on or before
15th March of the financial year. Thus, Mr. Narayan is required to
pay advance tax by 15 th of March 2019.
However, any amount paid by way of advance tax on or before
31st March shall also be treated as advance tax paid during that
financial year on or before 15 th March.

The advance tax liability is computed as follows –

Business Income
8% of ` 35,00,000 2,80,000
6% of ` 1,30,00,000 7,80,000 10,60,000
In respect of the amount of turnover received by
account payee cheque/bank draft or use of ECS
through a bank account, the assessee can declare 6%
(instead of 8%) of such turnover as presumptive
income under section 44AD.
Since Mr. Narayan does not have any other income
during the previous year 2018-19, business income
would be the total income.
Tax liability
Upto `2,50,000 Nil
`2,50,001 to `5,00,000 @5% 12,500
`5,00,001 to `10,00,000 @20% 1,00,000
Above `10,00,001 @30% 18,000 1,30,500
Add: Health and Education cess @ 4% 5,220
Total Tax Payable 1,35,720
Mr. Narayan is required pay ` 1,35,720 as minimum amount of advance tax by
15th March 2019.
(b) As per sixth proviso to section 139(1), every person, being an individual whose total
income without giving effect to the provisions of, inter alia, Chapter VI-A exceeds
the basic exemption limit, is compulsorily required to furnish return of income on or
before the due date.
Therefore, in the present case, Mr. Shivpal, a very senior citizen is required to file
return of income, since his total income of ` 6,60,000 before giving effect to the
deduction of ` 1,70,000 under Chapter VI-A, exceeds the basic exemption limit of
` 5,00,000 applicable in his case.

SECTION B: INDIRECT TAXES
QUESTIONS
(1) All questions should be answered on the basis of the positio n of GST law as
amended up to 31.10.2018.
(2) The GST rates for goods and services mentioned in various questions are
hypothetical and may not necessarily be the actual rates leviable on those goods
and services. Further, GST compensation cess should be ignored in all the
questions, wherever applicable.
1. M/s. Ramchandra Associates has received some taxable services from Mohan Dalal (P)
Ltd. on 12.01.20XX by making a cash payment of ` 5,00,000 on same day. The payment
was entered in the books of account of M/s. Ramchandra Associates on 16.01.20XX and
in the books of account of Mohan Dalal (P) Ltd. on 20.01.20XX. The invoice was issued
by Mohan Dalal (P) Ltd. on 18.01.20XX. Determine the time of supply in the given case.
(a) 12.01.20XX
(b) 16.01.20XX
(c) 18.01.20XX
(d) 20.01.20XX
2. M.H. Husain, a famous painter, Delhi, sends his latest art work to Indian Classic gallery,
Delhi, for exhibition. However, no consideration has flown from Indian Classic gallery to
M. H. Husain when the art work is sent to the gallery for exhibition. M. H. Husain is in
dilemma whether GST is payable on said transfer of art work. What would be your advice
on the same?
(a) GST is payable as the same amounts to taxable supply of goods.
(b) GST is payable as the same amounts to taxable supply of services.
(c) GST is not payable as the same is an exempt supply.
(d) GST is not payable as the same does not amount to supply at all.
3. Kidzee Ltd., a wholesaler of toys registered in Chandigarh, is renowned in the local
market for the varieties of toys and their reasonable prices. Kidzee Ltd. makes supply of
100 pieces of baby’s learning laptops and chat learning phones to Nancy General Store
on 25th September, 20XX by issuing a tax invoice amounting to ` 1,00,000.
However, the said toys were returned by Nancy General Store on 30th September, 20XX.
Which document Kidzee Ltd. is required to issue in such a case?
(a) Debit Note
(b) Refund voucher

(c) Credit note

(d) Payment voucher
4. Which of the following services is exempt from GST?
(a) Bollywood dance performance by a film actor in a film and consideration charged is
` 1,45,000.
(b) Carnatic music performance by a classical singer to promote a brand of readymade
garments and consideration charged is ` 1,30,000.
(c) Carnatic music performance by a classical singer in a music concert and
consideration charged is ` 1,55,000.
(d) Kathak dance performance by a classical dancer in a cultural programme and
consideration charged is ` 1,45,000.
5. Examine whether supply of food and drink in the following independent cases is exempt
from GST :-
(i) “Smart Kids” is a Play School located in Delhi. Smart Kids has outsourced the
catering services for supply of food and drink in the canteen of Play School to BTV
Caterers, Delhi for a consideration of ` 8,00,000 per annum.
(ii) Wellness Hospital, a clinical establishment located in Tirupati, is specialised in
diabetic treatment. The hospital has its own canteen – Tasty Foods. The canteen
serves the food and drink to the in-patients as advised by the doctors/nutritionists of
the hospital. Apart from this, other patients (who are not admitted) or attendants or
visitors of the in-patients also take food and drink from the canteen.
6. Sahil is a supplier of taxable goods in Karnataka. He got registered under GST in the
month of September, 20XX and wishes to pay his IGST liability for the month. Since he’s
making the GST payment for the first time, he is of the view that he needs to mandatorily
have the online banking facility to make payment of GST; offline payment is not permitted
under GST. You are required to apprise Sahil regarding the various modes of deposit in
the electronic cash ledger. Further, advise him with regard to following issues:
(a) Are manual challans allowed under GST?
(b) What is the validity period of the challan?
(c) Is cross utilization among Major and Minor heads of the electronic cash ledger
permitted?
7. M/s Cavenon Enterprises, a registered supplier of designer wedding dresses under
regular scheme, has aggregate annual turnover of ` 30 lakh in the preceding financial
year. It is of the view that in the current financial year, it is permitted to file its monthly
statement of outward supplies – GSTR-1 - on a quarterly basis while its accountant
advises it to file the same on a monthly basis. You are required to advise M/s Cavenon
Enterprises on the same.

During a given tax period in the current financial year, owing to an off-season,
M/s Cavenon Enterprises has not made any taxable supply. Therefore, M/s Cavenon
Enterprises opines that no return under GST is required to be filed for the said period.
You are required to examine the technical veracity of the opinion of M/s Cavenon
Enterprises.
8. Kamal Book Depot, a wholesaler of stationery items, registered in Mumbai, has received
order for supply of stationery items worth ` 2,00,000/- on 12th November, 20XX from
another local registered dealer, Mr. Mehta, Mumbai. Kamal Book Depot charged the
following additional expenses from Mr. Mehta:-
Particulars Amount (`)
(i) Packing charges 5,000
(ii) Freight & Cartage 2,000
(iii) Transit insurance 1,500
(iv) Extra designing charges 6,000
(v) Taxes by Municipal Authority 500
The goods were delivered to Mr. Mehta on 14 th November, 20XX. Since Mr. Mehta was
satisfied with the quality of the goods, he made the payment of goods the same day and
simultaneously placed another order on Kamal Book Depot of stationery items amounting
to ` 10,00,000 to be delivered in the month of December, 20XX**. On receipt of second
order, Kamal Book Depot allowed a discount of ` 20,000 on the first order placed by Mr.
Mehta.
Compute the GST liability of Kamal Book Depot for the month of November, 20XX
assuming the rates of GST on the goods supplied as under:
CGST 9%
SGST 9%
Would your answer be different if expenses (i) to (v) given in above table are already
included in the price of ` 2,00,000?
Note:-
(i) All the amounts given above are exclusive of GST .
(ii) Kamal Book Depot and Mr. Mehta are not related persons and price is the sole
consideration of the supply.
**Payment and invoice for the second order will also be made in the month of December,
20XX only.
9. Mr. Ekaant, a supplier registered in Delhi, is engaged in the business of sale and
purchase of plastic raincoats. He furnishes the following information pertaining to
inward/outward supply made by him for the month of July, 20XX:

Particulars Amount
(` in lakh)
Value of inter-State outward supply to registered persons 30
Value of intra-State outward supply to registered persons 50
Value of intra-State outward supply to unregistered persons 15
Value of intra-State inward supply from registered persons 10
Value of inter-State inward supply from registered persons 5
Value of intra-State inward supply from unregistered persons 2
Following additional information is also provided by Mr. Ekaant:-
Particulars Amount (` in lakh)
IGST credit on capital goods purchased in the month of July 1.5
CGST/ SGST credit on other inward supplies [including c redit of 0.5
` 5,000 (CGST and SGST each) on account of membership of a (CGST and SGST
club] each)
Availed consultancy services from Mr. Sujit, lawyer located in 1
Delhi [Intra-State services]
The amount of ITC brought forward in the month of July, 20XX is as under:-
CGST: ` 2 lakh
SGST: ` 2 lakh
IGST: ` 5 lakh
Calculate the net GST liability (CGST and SGST or IGST, as the case may be) to be paid
in cash for the month of July, 20XX by assuming the rates of GST as under:
CGST 9%
SGST 9%
IGST 18%
Note:
(i) All the amounts given above are exclusive of taxes.
(ii) All the conditions necessary for availing the ITC have been fulfilled.
10. Le Marc Ltd. of Nashik, Maharashtra, a registered supplier, is engaged in manufacturing
taxable goods. It provides the following details of items purchased and services availed
by it from Gujarat, for the month of March, 20XX:

S. Particulars IGST (`)

No.
1 Motor vehicle purchased for employees to be used for personal as 1,50,000
well as business purposes
2 Motor vehicle purchased for transportation of goods within the 2,00,000
factory
3 Food items for consumption of employees. These items were 2,000
supplied free of cost to the employees in lieu of services rendered
by them to the manufacturer in the course of employment.
4 Rent-a-cab facility availed for employees to fulfill a statutory 36,000
obligation in this regard. The Government has notified such
service under section 17(5)(b)(iii)(A) of the CGST Act, 2017.
Calculate the amount of eligible input tax credit for the month of March, 20XX.
SUGGESTED ANSWERS/HINTS
1. (c)
2. (d)
3. (c)
4. (d)
5. (i) Services provided to an educational institution providing services by way of
pre-school education and education up to higher secondary school or equivalent, by
way of catering is exempt from GST vide Notification No. 12/2017 CT (R) dated
28.06.2017 as amended. Thus, in the given case, services provided by BTV
Caterers to Smart Kids are exempt from GST .
(ii) Services by way of health care services provided by a clinical establishment, an
authorised medical practitioner or para-medics are exempt from GST vide
Notification No. 12/2017 CT (R) dated 28.06.2017 as amended.
In this regard, CBIC has clarified that food supplied by the hospital canteen to the
in-patients as advised by the doctor/nutritionists is a part of composite supply of
healthcare services and is not separately taxable. Thus, it is exempt from GST.
However, other supplies of food by a hospital to patients (not admitted) or their
attendants or visitors are taxable.
In view of the same, GST is exempt on the food supplied by Tasty Foods to the in-
patients as advised by doctors/nutritionists while other supplies of food by it to
patients (not admitted) or attendants/visitors of the in-patients is taxable.

6. Section 49(1) of CGST Act, 2017 read with rule 87 of CGST Rules, 2017 provides that
the deposit in electronic cash ledger can be made through any of the following modes,
namely:-
(i) Internet Banking through authorised banks;
(ii) Credit card or Debit card through the authorised bank;
(iii) National Electronic Fund Transfer or Real Time Gross Settlement from any
bank; or
(iv) Over the Counter payment through authorised banks.
Thus, offline mode is also permitted under GST.
(a) Manual or physical Challans are not allowed under the GST regime. It is mandatory
to generate Challans online on the GST Portal.
(b) E-challan is valid for a period of 15 days.
(c) Amount entered under any Minor head (T ax, Interest, Penalty, etc.) and Major Head
(CGST, IGST, SGST/UTGST) of the Electronic Cash Ledger can be utilized only for
that liability. Cross-utilization among Major and Minor heads is not possible.
7. Section 37 of the CGST Act, 2017 stipulates that GSTR-1 for a particular month is
required to be filed on or before the 10 th day of the immediately succeeding month, i.e.
on a monthly basis.
However, presently, as a measure of easing the compliance requirement for small tax
payers, GSTR-1 has been allowed to be filed quarterly by small tax payers with
aggregate annual turnover up to ` 1.5 crore in the preceding financial year or the current
financial year. Tax payers with annual aggregate turnover above ` 1.5 crore will
however continue to file GSTR- 1 on a monthly basis.
In view of the same, M/s Cavenon Enterprises can file its GSTR-1 on quarterly basis as
its aggregate turnover does not excced ` 1.5 crore in the preceding financial year.
Further, GSTR-1 needs to be filed even if there is no business activity in a tax period.
Thus, in the present case, even if no supply has been made by M/s Cavenon Enterprises,
a nil return is required to be filed for the relevant tax period.
8. Computation of value of taxable supply and tax liability
Particulars Amount (` )
Price of the goods [Note-1] 2,00,000
(i) Packing charges [Note-2] 5,000
(ii) Freight & Cartage [Note-3] 2,000
(iii) Transit Insurance [Note-3] 1,500
(iv) Extra Designing charges [Note-4] 6,000

(v) Taxes by Municipal Authority [Note-5] 500

Value of taxable supply 2,15,000
CGST @ 9% 19,350
SGST @ 9% 19,350
Notes:-
1. As per section 15(1) of the CGST Act, 2017, the value of a supply is the transaction
value i.e. the price actually paid or payable for the said supply.
2. All incidental expenses including packing charged by the supplier to the recipient
are includible in the value of supply in terms of section 15(2) of the CGST Act, 2017.
3. The given supply is a composite supply involving supply of goods (stationery items)
and services (transit insurance and freight) where the principal supply is the supply
of goods.
As per section 8(a) of the CGST Act, 2017, a composite supply is treated as a
supply of the principal supply involved therein and charged to tax accordingly.
4. Any amount charged for anything done by the supplier in respect of the supply of
goods or services or both at the time of, or before delivery of goods or supply of
services; is includible in the value of supply vide section 15(2) of the CGST Act,
2017. Thus, extra designing charges are to be included in the value of supply.
5. The taxes by Municipal Authorities are includible in the value of supply in terms of
section 15(2) of the CGST Act, 2017.
6. In the given case, Mr. Mehta is allowed a discount of ` 20,000 on the goods
supplied to him in the month of November, 20XX. Since the said goods have
already been delivered by Kamal Book Depot, this discount will be a post-supply
discount.
Further, value of supply shall not include any discount which is given after the
supply has been effected, if—
(i) such discount is established in terms of an agreement entered into at or before
the time of such supply and specifically linked to relevant invoices; and
(ii) input tax credit as is attributable to the discount on the basis of document
issued by the supplier has been reversed by the recipient of the supply
[Section 15(3) of the CGST Act, 2017].
However, in the given case, post-supply discount given to Mr. Mehta will not be
allowed as a deduction from the value of supply since the discount policy was not
known before the time of such supply although the discount can be specifically
linked to relevant invoice (invoice pertaining to stationery items supplied to
Mr. Mehta in November, 20XX).

In case the expenses (i) to (v) given in above table are already included in the price
of ` 2,00,000: Since these expenses are includible in the value of supply by virtue of the
reasons mentioned in explanatory notes above, no further addition will be required.
Resultantly, the value of taxable supply will be ` 2,00,000 and CGST and SGST will be
` 18,000 and ` 18,000 respectively.
9. Computation of net GST liability of Mr. Ekaant
Particulars Value (`) CGST (`) SGST (` ) IGST (`)
Total tax liability
Value of intra-State legal 1,00,000 9,000 9,000 -
consultancy services i.e. inward
supplies liable to reverse charge
mechanism (to be paid in cash) (A)
[Note-1]
Value of inter-State outward 30,00,000 - - 5,40,000
supplies (B1)
Value of intra-State outward 65,00,000 5,85,000 5,85,000 -
supplies to registered as well as
unregistered persons (B2)
(` 50,00,000+ ` 15,00,000)
Total (B) = (B1) +(B2) 5,85,000 5,85,000 5,40,000
Input tax Credit
Brought forward ITC 2,00,000 2,00,000 5,00,000
Value of intra-State inward 10,00,000 90,000 90,000
supplies from registered person
[Note-2]
Value of inter-State inward 5,00,000 - - 90,000
supplies from registered person
[Note-2]
Value of intra-State inward 2,00,000 - - -
supplies from unregistered person
[Note-3]
IGST credit of capital goods [Note- 1,50,000
2]
Credit on other inward supplies 45,000 45,000 -
purchased in the month of July less
credit on membership of a club
[Note-2 & 4]

Credit of legal consultancy services 9,000 9,000 -

[Note-2]
Total (C) 3,44,000 3,44,000 7,40,000
Net liability (B)-(C) 2,41,000 2,41,000 (2,00,000)
Less: Set off from IGST credit 2,00,000 - -
[Note-5]
Liability after set off (D) 41,000 2,41,000 Nil
Net GST liability to be paid in 50,000 2,50,000 Nil
cash (A) + (D)
Notes:-
1. Services supplied by an individual advocate to any business entity located in the
taxable territory by way of legal services, directly or indirectly are taxable under
reverse charge mechanism. Thus, tax is payable by the recipient (Mr. Ekaant) on
said services to the Government.
Further, as per section 49(4) of the CGST Act, 2017, amount available in the
electronic credit ledger [ITC amount] may be used for making payment towards
output tax. However, tax payable under reverse charge is not an output tax in terms
of section 2(82) of the CGST Act, 2017. Therefore, tax payable under reverse
charge cannot be set off against the input tax credit and thus, will have to be paid in
cash.
2. Every registered person is entitled to take credit of input tax charged on any inward
supply of goods and/or services which are used or intended to be used in the
course or furtherance of his business in terms of section 16 of CGST Act, 2017.
Further “input tax” in relation to a registered person includes the tax payable under
reverse charge mechanism in terms of section 2(62) of the CGST Act, 2017.
3. Intra-State supplies received by a registered person from any unregistered supplier,
are exempt from the whole of the central tax leviable thereon under section 9(4) till
30.09.2019 [Notification No.8/2017 CT (R) dated 28.06.2017]. Since no tax has
been paid, so no credit is available.
4. Input tax credit is not allowed in respect of membership of a club in terms of section
17(5) of CGST Act, 2017.
5. Input tax credit of IGST has been used to pay IGST and CGST in that order.

10. Computation of eligible input tax credit

Particulars Eligible
ITC (`)
Motor vehicle purchased for employees to be used for personal as well -
as business purposes [Note-1]
Motor vehicle purchased for transportation of goods within the factory 2,00,000
[Note-1]
Food items for consumption of employees [Note-2] -
Rent-a-cab facility given to employees [Note-3] 36,000
Total eligible input tax credit 2,36,000
Notes:-
As per section 17(5) of the CGST Act, 2017:
1. ITC on motor vehicles and other conveyances is blocked except when they are
used—
(i) for making the following taxable supplies, namely :—
(A further supply of such vehicles or conveyances; or
(B) transportation of passengers; or
(C) imparting training on driving, flying, navigating such vehicles or
conveyances;
(ii) for transportation of goods.
Thus, in the given case, ITC on motor vehicle purchased for transportation of goods
within the factory will only be allowed
2. ITC in respect of food and beverages is blocked unless the same is used for making
outward taxable supply of the same category or as an element of the taxable
composite or mixed supply. Thus, in the given case, ITC of taxes paid on food for
employees is not allowed.
3. ITC on supply of rent-a cab services is not blocked where the Government notifies
the services which are obligatory for an employer to provide such service to its
employees. Thus, ITC is available on said service.
Note: GST law is in its nascent stage and has been subject to frequent changes.
Although many clarifications are continually being issued by way of FAQs or
otherwise, many issues continue to arise on account of varying interpretations on
several of its provisions. Therefore, alternate answers may be po ssible for the
above questions depending upon the view taken.

Applicability of Standards/Guidance Notes/Legislative Amendments etc. for
May, 2019 Examination
Intermediate Level (New Course)
Paper 1: Accounting
List of Applicable Accounting Standards
AS 1 : Disclosure of Accounting Policies
AS 2 : Valuation of Inventories
AS 3 : Cash Flow Statements
AS 4 : Contingencies and Events occurring after the Balance Sheet Date
AS 5 : Net Profit or Loss for the Period, Prior Period Items and Changes in Accounting
Policies
AS 10: Property, Plant and Equipment
AS 11: The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates
AS 12: Accounting for Government Grants
AS 13: Accounting for Investments
AS 16: Borrowing Costs
AS 17: Segment Reporting
AS 22: Accounting for Taxes on Income
Applicability of the Companies Act, 2013 and other Legislative Amendments for May, 2019
Examination
The relevant notified Sections of the Companies Act, 2013 and legislative amendments including
relevant Notifications / Circulars / Rules / Guidelines issued by Regulating Authorities up to
31st October, 2018 will be applicable for May, 2019 Examination.
Non-Applicability of Ind AS
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has notified Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules,
2015 on 16th February, 2015, for compliance by certain class of companies. T hese Ind AS do
not form part of the syllabus and hence are not applicable.
Paper 2: Corporate and Other Laws
The provisions of Companies Act, 2013 along with significant Rules/ Notifications/ Circulars/
Clarification/ Orders issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and the other laws, as amended
by concerned authority, including significant notifications and circulars issued up to 31 st October,
2018, are applicable for May, 2019 examination.

Inclusions /Exclusions from the syllabus
(1) (2) (3) (4)

S. No. in Chapters/ Inclusions Exclusions
the Topics of the (Provisions which are (Provisions which are
syllabus syllabus included from the excluded from the
corresponding corresponding chapter/
chapter/topic of the topic of the syllabus)
syllabus)
Part I: Companies Act, The entire content included Except the Relevant rules
Company 2013 (Sections 1 in the Revised July 2017 as covered in the Revised
Law to 148) edition of the Study Material July 2017 edition of the
and the Legislative Study Material and the
amendments given in the RTP for May 2019, all
RTP for May, 2019, shall other Rules of the
only be relevant for the said Companies Act, 2013 are
examinations. excluded.
The Legislative amendments
have been made available
through RTP hosted on the
BoS Knowledge Portal.
Part II: The Indian Content of this chapter of the Questions that involve the
Other Contract Act, Study Material covers the reference or questions
Laws 1872 (Specific significant provisions of the entirely based on Sections
contracts from said Act in a broad manner 1 to 122 of the Indian
section 123 (not in entirety). Contract Act, 1872, may be
onwards) The entire content included avoided.
in the Revised July 2017
edition of the Study Material
and the RTP for May, 2019,
shall only be relevant for the
said examinations.
Part II: The Negotiable Content of this chapter of the -
Other Instruments Act, Study Material covers the
Laws 1881 significant provisions of the

REVISION TEST PAPER 189
said Act in a broad manner

(not in entirety).
The entire content included
and the Legislative
amendments given in the
RTP for May, 2019, shall
only be relevant for the said
examinations.
Part II: The General Content of this chapter of the -
Other Clauses Act, Study Material covers the
Laws 1897 significant provisions of the
said Act in a broad manner
(not in entirety).
The entire content included
and the RTP for May, 2019,
shall only be relevant for the
said examinations.
Part II: Interpretation of Content of this chapter of the -
Other Statutes Study Material covers the
Laws significant rules and
principles of interpretation in
a broad manner. Thus, the
content of the chapter as
included in the study
material may be taken into
consideration.
Note: July 2017 edition of the Study Material is relevant for May, 2019 examinations. The
amendments - made after the issuance of this Study Material - to the extent covered in the RTP
for May, 2019 examinations shall also be relevant for the said examinations.

Paper 4: Taxation
Section A: Income-tax Law
Applicability of the Finance Act, Assessment Year etc. for May, 2019 Examination
The provisions of income-tax law, as amended by the Finance Act, 2018 including significant
circulars and notifications issued upto 31st October, 2018, are applicable for May, 2019
examination. The relevant assessment year for income-tax is A.Y. 2019-20.
List of topic-wise exclusions from the syllabus
Topics of the Exclusions
Syllabus (Provisions which are excluded from the corresponding
topic of the Syllabus)
1. Basic Concepts -
2. Residential status Section 9A - Certain activities not to constitute business
and scope of total connection in India
income
3. Incomes which do
not form part of Clause of Particulars
total income section 10
(other than
charitable trusts 6A Tax on royalty or fees for technical services
and institutions, derived by foreign companies
political parties 6B Tax paid on behalf of non-resident deriving
and electoral income from Government or an Indian concern
trusts) in pursuance of an agreement entered into with
the Government of a foreign State or an
international organization
6BB Tax paid on behalf of foreign state or foreign
enterprise on amount paid as consideration of
acquiring aircraft, etc. on lease
6C Income from projects connected with the
security of India arising to a notified foreign
company
8 &9 Remuneration and certain income of
individuals who are assigned duties in India in
connection with any co-operative technical
assistance programmes and income of any
member of the family of such individual
accompanying them to India.

8A & 8B Any remuneration or fee received by a

consultant, directly or indirectly, out of the funds
made available to an international organisation
(agency) under a technical assistance grant
agreement with the agency and Government of
a foreign State
Any remuneration received by an individual who
is assigned to duties in India in connection with
any technical assistance program from such
consultant
15A Any payment made by an Indian company
engaged in the business of operation of aircraft
to acquire an aircraft on lease from the
government of a foreign State or a foreign
enterprise
19A Annual value of palaces of former rulers
20 to 25A • Income of local authorities [Section
10(20)]
• Income of research associations
approved under section 35(1)(ii)/(iii)
[Section 10(21)]
• Income of news agency [Section 10(22B)]
• Income of professional associations
[Section 10(23A)]
• Income received on behalf of any
Regimental Fund or Non-Public Fund
established by armed forces [Section
10(23AA)]
• Income of Funds established for welfare
of employees of which such employees
are members [Section 10(23AAA)]
• Income of Fund set up by Life Insurance
Corporation or any other insurer under
pension scheme [Section 10(23AAB)]
• Income of institution established for
development of Khadi and Village
Industries [Section 10(23B)]
• Income of authorities set up under State
or Provincial Act for promotion of Khadi
and Village Industries [Section 10(23BB)]

• Income of any body or authority set up to

administer religious or charitable trusts
[Section 10(23BBA)
• Income of European Economic
Community (EEC) [Section 10(23BBB)]
• Income derived by the SAARC Fund for
Regional Projects [Section 10(23BBC)]
• Income of the IRDA [Section 10(23BBE)]
• Income of Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission [Section 10(23BBG)]
• Income of Prasar Bharati (Broadcasting
Corporation of India) [Section 10(23BBH)]
• Income of certain funds or institutions
[Section 10(23C)]
• Income of Mutual Fund [Section 10(23D)]
• Income of a securitization trust from the
activity of securitization [Section
10(23DA)]
• Income of Investor Protection Funds
[Section 10(23EA)]
• Specified income of Investor Protection
Fund set up by commodity exchanges
[Section 10(23EC)]
• Income of Investor Protection Fund set up
by depositories [Section 10(23ED)]
• Specified income of Core Settlement
Guarantee Fund (SGF) set up by a
recognized Clearing Corporation [Section
10(23EE)]
• Income of Investment Fund [Section
10(23FBA)]
• Income of unit holder of an Investment
Fund [Section 10(23FBB)]
• Certain incomes of Business trust
[Section 10(23FC)/(23FCA)]
• Distributed income of unit holder of a
business trust [Section 10(23FD)]
• Income of trade unions [Section 10(24)]

• Income of provident funds,

superannuation funds, gratuity funds etc.
[Section 10(25)]
• Income of Employees State Insurance (ESI)
Fund [Section 10(25A)]
26AAB to • Income of an Agricultural Produce Market
29A Committee or Board [Section 10(26AAB)]
• Income of a corporation etc. for the
promotion of interests of members of
Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes or
both [Section 10(26B)]
• Income of corporations established to
protect interests of minority community
[Section 10(26BB)]
• Income of corporation established by a
Central, State or Provincial Act for welfare
of ex-servicemen [Section 10(26BBB)]
• Income of a co-operative society formed
for promoting the interests of Scheduled
Castes or Schedules Tribes or both
[Section 10(27)]
• Incomes of certain bodies like Coffee
Board, Rubber Board etc. [Section
10(29A)]
36 Long term capital gains on transfer of listed
equity shares purchased on or after 1.3.2003
but before 1.3.2004, and held for a period of 12
months or more
37A Any income chargeable under the head capital
gains in respect of transfer of specified capital
asset to an asseesee, being an individual or
HUF under Land Pooling Scheme
39 to 42 • Specified income arising from any
international sporting event in India
[Section 10(39)]
• Certain grants etc. received by a
subsidiary from its Indian holding
company engaged in the business of
generation or transmission or distribution
of power [Section 10(40)]

• Specified income of certain notified bodies or

authorities which have been established
under a treaty or an agreement [Section
10(42)]
44 Income received by any person on behalf of
NPS Trust [Section 10(44)]
46 to 50 • Specified income of notified entities not
engaged in commercial activity [Section
10(46)]
• Income of notified infrastructure debt
funds [Section 10(47)]
• Income received by certain foreign
companies in India in Indian currency
from sale of crude oil to any person in
India [Section 10(48)]
• Income arising to a foreign company on
account of storage of crude oil [Section
10(48A)]
• Income arising to a foreign company on
account of sale of leftover stock of crude
oil [Section 10(48B)]
• Income of the National Financial Holdings
company Limited [Section 10(49)]
• Income arising from any specified service
chargeable to equalization levy [Section
10(50)].
4. Heads of income
and the provisions
governing
computation of
income under
different heads
Salaries -
Income from -
house property
Profits and gains 1. Income computation and disclosure standards (ICDSs)
of business or notified under section 145 and the related provisions in the
profession Income-tax Act, 1961;

2. The provisions contained in the following sections given

hereunder:
Section Particulars
33AB Tea Development Account/ Coffee Development
Account/ Rubber Development Account
33ABA Site Restoration Fund
35ABA Expenditure for obtaining right to use spectrum
for telecommunication services
35ABB Expenditure for obtaining licence to operate
telecommunication services
35DD Amortisation of expenditure in case of
amalgamation or demerger
35E Deduction of expenditure on prospecting and
development of certain minerals
36(1) • Special provision for bad and doubtful
(viia)/ debts made by Banks, Public Financial
(viii)/(xii)/ Institution, State Financial Corporation,
(xiv)/ State Industrial Investment Corporation
(xvii) [Section 36(1)(viia)]
• Deduction for Special Reserve created and
maintained by Specified Entities engaged
in eligible business [Section 36(1)(viii)]
• Deduction for expenditure incurred by
entities established under any Central,
State or Provincial Act [Section 36(1)(xii)]
• Deduction of contribution by a public
financial institution to Credit guarantee fund
trust for small industries [Section 36(1)(xiv)]
• Deduction of expenditure incurred by a co-
operative society for purchase of
sugarcane at price fixed by the Government
[Section 36(1)(xvii)]
40(a)(ib) Consideration paid or payable to a non-resident
for specified service on which equalization levy
is deductible under Chapter VIII of the Finance
Act, 2016 and such levy has not deducted or

after deduction has not been paid on or before

the due date of filing return of Income.
42 Special provisions for deduction in case of
business for prospecting etc. for mineral oil
43C Special Provision for Computation of Cost of
Acquisition of Certain Assets
43D Special Provision in case of income of Public
Financial Institutions, public companies etc.
44 Insurance Business
44A Special provision for deduction in the case of
trade, professional or similar association
44B to • Special provision for computing the profits
44DB and gains of shipping business in case of
non-residents [Section 44B]
• Special provision for computing profits and
gains in connection with the business of
exploration etc., of mineral oils [Section
44BB]
gains of the business of operation of aircraft
in the case of non-residents [Section
44BBA]
gains of foreign companies engaged in the
business of civil construction etc. in certain
turnkey power projects [Section 44BBB]
• Deduction of head office expenditure in the
case of non-residents [Section 44C]
• Special provisions for computing income by
way of royalties etc. in case of non-
residents [Section 44DA]
• Special provision for computing deductions
in the case of business reorganisation of
co-operative banks [Section 44DB]

Capital gains
Section Particulars
2(42A) Sub-clauses consequent to excluded
clauses of section 47 and sub-clause (he) of
clause (i) of Explanation 1 relating to period
of holding of share(s) of a company acquired
by non-resident on redemption of GDRs
referred to in section 115AC(1)(b)
47(via)/(viaa)/ • Any transfer of a capital asset being a
(viab)/(vic)/ share or shares held in an Indian
(vica)/(vicb)/ company, in a scheme of
(vicc)/(viia)/ amalgamation, by amalgamating
(viiab)/(xb)/ foreign company to the amalgamated
(xii)/(xiii)/ foreign company [Section 47(via)]
(xiiia)/(xiiib)/ • Any transfer of a capital asset, in a
(xiv)/(xv)/ scheme of amalgamation of a banking
(xvii) company with a banking institution
[Section 47(viaa)]
• Any transfer, in a scheme of
amalgamation, of a capital asset, being
a share of a foreign company [Section
47(viab)]
• Any transfer in a demerger, of a capital
asset, being a share or shares held in
an Indian company, by the demerger
foreign company to the resulting foreign
company [Section 47(vic)]
• Any transfer in a business
reorganisation, of a capital asset by the
predecessor co-operative bank to the
successor co-operative bank [Section
47(vica)]
• Any transfer by a shareholder, in a
business reorganisation, of a capital
asset being a share or shares held by
him in the predecessor co-operative
bank if the transfer is made in
consideration of the allotment to him of
any share or shares in the successor
co-operative bank [Section 47(vicb)]

• Any transfer in case of a demerger of a

capital asset, being a share of a foreign
company [Section 47(vicc)]
• Any transfer of bonds of an Indian
company or Global Depository Receipts
purchased in foreign currency referred
to in section 115AC(1) [Section
47(viia)]
• Any transfer of a capital asset, being
GDR, rupee denominated bonds or
derivative by a non-resident in foreign
currency on a recognized stock
exchange located in any IFSC [Section
47(viiab)]
• Any transfer of by way of conversion of
Foreign Currency Exchangeable Bonds
into shares or debentures of a company
[Section 47(xb)]
• Any transfer of land under a scheme
prepared and sanctioned under section
18 of the Sick Industrial Companies
(Special Provisions) Act, 1985, by a
sick industrial company which is
managed by its workers’ co-operative
[Section 47(xii)]
• Any transfer of a capital asset or
intangible asset by a firm to a company,
where a firm is succeeded by a
company, or any transfer of a capital
asset where an AOP or BOI is
succeeded by a company consequent
to demutualisation or corporatisation of
a recognised stock exchange in India
[Section 47(xiii)]
• Any transfer of a membership right by a
member of recognised stock exchange
in India for acquisition of shares and
trading or clearing rights in accordance
with a scheme for demutualization or

corporatisation approved by SEBI

[Section 47(xiiia)]
intangible asset by a private company
or unlisted public company to a LLP
[Section 47(xiiib)]
intangible asset where a sole
proprietary concern is succeeded by a
company [Section 47(xiv)]
• Any transfer in a scheme for lending of
any securities under an agreement or
arrangement which is subject to SEBI
guidelines [Section 47(xv)].
• Any transfer of a capital asset being
share of a SPV to a business trust in
exchange of units allotted by the trust
to the transferor [Section 47(xvii)]
47A Withdrawal of exemption in certain cases
49 • Sub-sections consequent to excluded
clauses of section 47
• Cost of acquisition of share(s) of a
company acquired by a non-resident on
redemption of GDRs referred under
section 115AC(1)(b) [Section
49(2ABB)]
• Cost of acquisition of shares in case of
business reorganization of a co-
operative bank [Section 49(2E)]
• Cost of acquisition of capital asset
transferred by holding to its 100%
subsidiary Indian company or vice
versa in case of attraction of section
47A [Section 49(3)]
• Cost of acquisition of an asset declared
under the Income Declaration Scheme,
2016 [Section 49(5)]
• Cost of acquisition of specified capital
asset to an assessee, being an
individual or HUF under Land Pooling

Scheme in case of transfer of

reconstituted plot or land after the
expiry of two years from the end of the
financial year in which the possession
was handed over to the assessee
[Section 49(6)]
• Cost of acquisition of capital asset of
entities in case of levy of tax on
accreted income under section 115TD.
[Section 49(8)]
54G Exemption of Capital gains on transfer of
assets in cases of shifting of industrial
undertaking from urban area
54GA Exemption of capital gains on transfer of
certain capital assets in case of shifting of an
industrial undertaking from an urban area to
any SEZ
54GB Exemption of capital gains on transfer of
residential property if the sale consideration
is used for subscription in equity of an
eligible start-up to be used for purchase of
new plant and machinery
55(2)(ab) Cost of acquisition in respect of capital
asset, being equity share or shares allotted
to a shareholder of a recognised stock
exchange of India under a scheme for
demutualization or corporatization
• Income from -
Other Sources
5. Income of other Section 65 : Liability of person in respect of income included in
persons included the income of another person
in assessee's total
income
6. Aggregation of
income; Set-off,
or carry forward Section Particulars
and set-off of 67A Method of computing a member’s share in
losses income of association of persons or body of
individuals

72A Carry forward and set-off of accumulated

business losses and unabsorbed depreciation in
certain cases of Amalgamation/ Demerger, etc.
72AA Provisions relating to carry forward and set-off of
accumulated losses and unabsorbed
depreciation of a banking company against the
profit of a banking institution under a scheme of
amalgamation
72AB Provisions relating to carry forward and set off of
accumulated loss and unabsorbed depreciation
in business reorganisation of co-operative banks
78 Carry forward and set-off of losses in case of
change in constitution of firm or succession
79 Carry forward and set-off of losses in case of
certain companies
7. Deductions from Deductions in respect of certain income:
gross total income
Section Particulars
80-IA to Profit-linked deductions under Chapter VI-A
80-IE
80JJA Deduction in respect of profits and gains from
business of collecting and processing of bio-
degradable waste.
80LA Deduction in respect of certain incomes of
Offshore Banking units and International
Financial Services Centers
80P Deduction in respect of income of co-operative
societies
80PA Deduction in respect of certain income of
Producer Companies
8. Computation of Section 5A – Apportionment of income between spouses
total income and governed by Portuguese Civil Code
tax liability of Provisions relating to Alternate Minimum Tax
Individuals

9. Advance tax, tax

deduction at Section Particulars
source and 194LB to • Interest income from Infrastructure Debt
introduction to tax 194LD Fund [Section 194LB]
collection at
source • Income from units of business trust [Section
194LBA]
• Income in respect of units of investment
fund [Section 194LBB]
• Income in respect of investment in
securitization trust [Section 194LBC]
• Income by way of interest payable to non-
residents by Indian company [Section
194LC]
• Income by way of interest on certain bonds
and Government securities payable to a
Foreign Institutional Investor or a Qualified
Foreign Investor [Section 194LD]
195 Other sums (payable to non-residents)
196A to • Income in respect of units of non-residents
196D [Section 196A]
• Income from units referred to in section 115AB
[Section 196B]
• Income from foreign currency bonds or
shares of Indian company [Section 196C]
• Income of Foreign Institutional Investors
from securities [Section 196D]
1 Provisions for Sections 139(4A) to 139(4F) dealing with provisions for filing of
0. filing return of return of charitable or religious trusts, research institutions,
income and self- political party, university, college or other institution, business
assessment trust, investment fund.
Note – As far as the Income-tax Rules, 1962 are concerned, only the significant Rules included
in the respective chapters of the July 2018 edition of the Study Material, which is the relevant
study material for May, 2019 and November, 2019 examinations, as well as in the Statutory
Update given in the Revision Test Paper (RTP) are relevant at the Intermediate level.

B: Indirect Taxes
Applicability of the provisions of GST law for May, 2019 Examination
The provisions of CGST Act, 2017 and IGST Act, 2017, including significant circulars and
notifications issued upto 31st October, 2018, are applicable for May, 2019 examination.
List of topic-wise exclusions from the syllabus
(1) (2) (3)
S.No. in Topics of the syllabus Exclusions
the (Provisions which are excluded from the
syllabu corresponding topic of the syllabus)
s
2(ii)(c) Charge of tax CGST Act, 2017
(i) Rate of tax prescribed for supply of goods*
(ii) Rate of tax prescribed for supply of services*
IGST Act, 2017
(iii) Rate of tax prescribed for supply of goods
(iv) Rate of tax prescribed for supply of services
(v) Determination of nature of supply – Inter-State
supply; Intra-State supply; Supplies in territorial
waters
(vi) Special provision for payment of tax by a supplier
of online information and database access or
retrieval [OIDAR] services
2(ii)(d) Exemption from tax CGST Act, 2017 & IGST Act, 2017
(i) Exemptions for supply of goods
2(iii) Basic concepts of time CGST Act, 2017 & CGST Rules, 2017
and value of supply (i) Provisions relating to change in rate of tax in
respect of supply of goods or services
(ii) Chapter IV: Determination of Value of Supply
[Rules 27-35] of CGST Rules, 2017
2(iv) Input tax credit CGST Act, 2017 read with CGST Rules, 2017
(i) Input tax credit provisions in respect of inputs and
capital goods sent for job work
(ii) Input tax credit provisions relating to distribution
of credit by Input Service Distributor [ISD]
(iii) Manner of recovery of credit distributed in excess
(iv) Manner of reversal of credit of additional duty of
customs in respect of Gold dore bar

2(viii) Returns CGST Act, 2017 read with CGST Rules, 2017
(i) Furnishing of GSTR-2, GSTR-1A, GSTR-3
(ii) Claim of input tax credit and provisional
acceptance thereof
(iii) Matching, reversal & reclaim of input tax credit
(iv) Matching, reversal & reclaim of reduction in
output tax liability
2(ix) Payment of tax including CGST Act, 2017
reverse charge (i) Tax deduction at source
(ii) Collection of tax at source
(iii) Categories of supply of goods, tax on which is
payable on reverse charge basis under section
9(3)
IGST Act, 2017
(iv) Categories of supply of goods, tax on which is
payable on reverse charge basis under section
5(3)
*Rates specified for computing the amount payable under composition levy are included
in the syllabus.
Notes:
(1) Only the following sections of the Central Goods and Services Tax (Amendment) Act, 2018,
which have become retrospectively effective from 1st July, 2017, are applicable for May,
2019 examination:
(i) Section 3 of the CGST Amendment Act, 2018 amending section 7 of the CGST Act,
2017, and
(ii) Section 31 of the CGST Amendment Act, 2018 amending Schedule II to the CGST
Act, 2017.
It may be noted that all the remaining provisions of the CGST Amendment Act, 2018 have
not been made effective till 31.10.2018 and hence, are not applicable for May, 2019
examination.
(2) The syllabus includes select provisions of the CGST Act, 2017 and IGST Act, 2017 and
not the entire CGST Act, 2017 and the IGST Act, 2017. The provisions covered in any
topic(s) of the syllabus which are related to or correspond to the topics not covered in the
syllabus shall also be excluded.
(3) In the above table, in respect of the topics of the syllabus specified in column (2) the related
exclusion is given in column (3). Where an exclusion has been so specified in any topic
of the syllabus, the provisions corresponding to such exclusions, covered in other topic(s)
forming part of the syllabus, shall also be excluded. For example, since provisions relating

to ISD and tax collection at source are excluded from the topics “Input tax credit” and
“Payment of tax including reverse charge” respectively, the provisions relating to (i)
registration of ISD and person required to collect tax at source and (ii) filing of returns by
an ISD and submission of TCS statement by an electronic commerce operator required to
collect tax at source are also excluded from the topics “Registration” and “Returns”
respectively.
(4) September, 2018 edition of the Study Material is relevant for May, 2019 and November,
2019 examinations. The amendments - made after the issuance of this Study Material - to
the extent covered in the Statutory Updates for May, 2019 examination alone shall be
relevant for the said examination. The Statutory Updates shall be hosted on the BoS
Knowledge Portal.
(5) The provisions of CGST Act, 2017 and the rules issued thereunder and IGST Act, 2017
and the rules issued thereunder, to the extent included in the September, 2018 edition of
the Study Material, except the exclusions mentioned in the table above, and the Statutory
Updates for May, 2019 examination shall alone be relevant for the said examination.

May 19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

May 19

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

May 19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INTERMEDIATE COURSE

(UNDER REVISED SCHEME OF

REVISION TEST PAPERS

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

Edition : February, 2019

Department/Committee : Board of Studies

Published by : The Publication Department on behalf of The Institute of Chartered

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

I Objective of Revision Test Paper

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

II. Planning and preparing for examination

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

III. Subject-wise Guidance – An Overview

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

PAPER – 2: CORPORATE AND OTHER LAWS

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

PAPER – 3: COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

15.(b) Difference between Cost Control and Control

Section A: Income-tax Law (60 Marks)

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

A. Applicable for May, 2019 examination

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

Following table summarises the changes made by the Companies (Accounting

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

added to the The cost of any

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

debit to a suitable account head Adjustment

PART – II: QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

Financial Statements of Companies

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

Selling Expenses 2,37,300

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

Trade Payables 15,52,500

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

(xiv) Grant received for capital projects 36

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

Accounts from Incomplete Records

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

Dissolution of partnership firm

Capitals: Cash 21,600

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

AS 11 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

Balance sheet of Shweta Ltd. as on 31st March, 2018

© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

6,000 6% Preference shares of ` 100 each 6,00,000 15,00,000